Remove the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointer in favor of new
port_fdb_{add,del,getnext}.
Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to
support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a is_static boolean to the switchdev_obj_fdb structure,
in order to set the ndm_state to either NUD_NOARP or NUD_REACHABLE.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address in the switchdev_obj_fdb structure is currently represented
as a pointer. Replacing it for a 6-byte array allows switchdev to carry
addresses directly read from hardware registers, not stored by the
switch chip driver (as in Rocker).
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IFLA_VXLAN_FLOWBASED is useless without IFLA_VXLAN_COLLECT_METADATA,
so combine them into single IFLA_VXLAN_COLLECT_METADATA flag.
'flowbased' doesn't convey real meaning of the vxlan tunnel mode.
This mode can be used by routing, tc+bpf and ovs.
Only ovs is strictly flow based, so 'collect metadata' is a better
name for this tunnel mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Move the nfnl_acct_list into the network namespace, initialize
and destroy it per namespace
- Keep track of refcnt on nfacct objects, the old logic does not
longer work with a per namespace list
- Adjust xt_nfacct to pass the namespace when registring objects
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This new expression uses the nf_dup engine to clone packets to a given gateway.
Unlike xt_TEE, we use an index to indicate output interface which should be
fine at this stage.
Moreover, change to the preemtion-safe this_cpu_read(nf_skb_duplicated) from
nf_dup_ipv{4,6} to silence a lockdep splat.
Based on the original tee expression from Arturo Borrero Gonzalez, although
this patch has diverted quite a bit from this initial effort due to the
change to support maps.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Extracted from the xtables TEE target. This creates two new modules for IPv4
and IPv6 that are shared between the TEE target and the new nf_tables dup
expressions.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next, they are:
1) A couple of cleanups for the netfilter core hook from Eric Biederman.
2) Net namespace hook registration, also from Eric. This adds a dependency with
the rtnl_lock. This should be fine by now but we have to keep an eye on this
because if we ever get the per-subsys nfnl_lock before rtnl we have may
problems in the future. But we have room to remove this in the future by
propagating the complexity to the clients, by registering hooks for the init
netns functions.
3) Update nf_tables to use the new net namespace hook infrastructure, also from
Eric.
4) Three patches to refine and to address problems from the new net namespace
hook infrastructure.
5) Switch to alternate jumpstack in xtables iff the packet is reentering. This
only applies to a very special case, the TEE target, but Eric Dumazet
reports that this is slowing down things for everyone else. So let's only
switch to the alternate jumpstack if the tee target is in used through a
static key. This batch also comes with offline precalculation of the
jumpstack based on the callchain depth. From Florian Westphal.
6) Minimal SCTP multihoming support for our conntrack helper, from Michal
Kubecek.
7) Reduce nf_bridge_info per skbuff scratchpad area to 32 bytes, from Florian
Westphal.
8) Fix several checkpatch errors in bridge netfilter, from Bernhard Thaler.
9) Get rid of useless debug message in ip6t_REJECT, from Subash Abhinov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize auto_flowlabels to one. This enables automatic flow labels,
individual socket may disable them using the IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL socket
option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the meaning of net.ipv6.auto_flowlabels to provide a mode for
automatic flow labels generation. There are four modes:
0: flow labels are disabled
1: flow labels are enabled, sockets can opt-out
2: flow labels are allowed, sockets can opt-in
3: flow labels are enabled and enforced, no opt-out for sockets
np->autoflowlabel is initialized according to the sysctl value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't call skb_get_hash here since the packet is not complete to do
flow_dissector. Create hash based on flowi6 instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds net argument to ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup
for use cases where sk is not available (like mpls).
sk appears to be needed to get the namespace 'net' and is optional
otherwise. This patch series changes ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup
to take net argument. sk remains optional.
All callers of ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup have been modified
to pass net. I have modified them to use already available
'net' in the scope of the call. I can change them to
sock_net(sk) to avoid any unintended change in behaviour if sock
namespace is different. They dont seem to be from code inspection.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helpers to let eBPF programs attached to TC manipulate tunnel metadata:
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key(skb, key, size, flags)
skb: pointer to skb
key: pointer to 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
size: size of 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
flags: room for future extensions
First eBPF program that uses these helpers will allocate per_cpu
metadata_dst structures that will be used on TX.
On RX metadata_dst is allocated by tunnel driver.
Typical usage for TX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey;
... populate tkey ...
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
RX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey = {};
bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
... lookup or redirect based on tkey ...
'struct bpf_tunnel_key' will be extended in the future by adding
elements to the end and the 'size' argument will indicate which fields
are populated, thereby keeping backwards compatibility.
The 'flags' argument may be used as well when the 'size' is not enough or
to indicate completely different layout of bpf_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-07-30
Here's a set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches intended for the 4.3 kernel.
- Cleanups & fixes to mac802154
- Refactoring of Intel Bluetooth HCI driver
- Various coding style fixes to Bluetooth HCI drivers
- Support for Intel Lightning Peak Bluetooth devices
- Generic class code in interface descriptor in btusb to match more HW
- Refactoring of Bluetooth HS code together with a new config option
- Support for BCM4330B1 Broadcom UART controller
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action
outside"), we end up with a wrong reference count for a tc action.
Test case 1:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
BAR="1,6 0 0 4294967294,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 \
action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$BAR" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967294' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$FOO" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
Test case 2:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
What happens is that in tcf_hash_check(), we check tcf_common for a given
index and increase tcfc_refcnt and conditionally tcfc_bindcnt when we've
found an existing action. Now there are the following cases:
1) We do a late binding of an action. In that case, we leave the
tcfc_refcnt/tcfc_bindcnt increased and are done with the ->init()
handler. This is correctly handeled.
2) We replace the given action, or we try to add one without replacing
and find out that the action at a specific index already exists
(thus, we go out with error in that case).
In case of 2), we have to undo the reference count increase from
tcf_hash_check() in the tcf_hash_check() function. Currently, we fail to
do so because of the 'tcfc_bindcnt > 0' check which bails out early with
an -EPERM error.
Now, while commit 55334a5db5 prevents 'tc actions del action ...' on an
already classifier-bound action to drop the reference count (which could
then become negative, wrap around etc), this restriction only accounts for
invocations outside a specific action's ->init() handler.
One possible solution would be to add a flag thus we possibly trigger
the -EPERM ony in situations where it is indeed relevant.
After the patch, above test cases have correct reference count again.
Fixes: 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action outside")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any external user should use the registration API instead of
accessing this directly.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a connection is failing a transport protocol calls
dst_negative_advice to try to get a better route. This patch includes
changing the sk_txhash in that function. This provides a rudimentary
method to try to find a different path in the network since sk_txhash
affects ECMP on the local host and through the network (via flow labels
or UDP source port in encapsulation).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates sk_set_txhash and eliminates protocol specific
inet_set_txhash and ip6_set_txhash. sk_set_txhash simply sets a
random number instead of performing flow dissection. sk_set_txash
is also allowed to be called multiple times for the same socket,
we'll need this when redoing the hash for negative routing advice.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcp_recvmsg enters a busy loop in sk_wait_data if called
with flags = MSG_WAITALL | MSG_PEEK.
sk_wait_data waits for sk_receive_queue not empty, but in this case,
the receive queue is not empty, but does not contain any skb that we
can use.
Add a "last skb seen on receive queue" argument to sk_wait_data, so
that it sleeps until the receive queue has new skbs.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=99461
Link: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18493
Link: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1205258
Reported-by: Enrico Scholz <rh-bugzilla@ensc.de>
Reported-by: Dan Searle <dan@censornet.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
num_grat_arp wasn't converted to the new bonding option API, so do this
now and remove the specific sysfs store option in order to use the
standard one. num_grat_arp is the same as num_unsol_na so add it as an
alias with the same option settings. An important difference is the option
name which is matched in bond_sysfs_store_option().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It saves some lines and simplify a bit the code when the state is returning
by this function. It's also useful to handle a NULL entry.
To avoid too long lines, I've also renamed lwtunnel_state_get() and
lwtunnel_state_put() to lwtstate_get() and lwtstate_put().
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can simply remove the INET_FRAG_EVICTED flag to avoid all the flags
race conditions with the evictor and use a participation test for the
evictor list, when we're at that point (after inet_frag_kill) in the
timer there're 2 possible cases:
1. The evictor added the entry to its evictor list while the timer was
waiting for the chainlock
or
2. The timer unchained the entry and the evictor won't see it
In both cases we should be able to see list_evictor correctly due
to the sync on the chainlock.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup patch will call it after inet_frag_queue was freed, so q->net
doesn't work anymore (but netf = q->net; free(q); mem_limit(netf) would).
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 65ba1f1ec0 ("inet: frags: fix a race between inet_evict_bucket
and inet_frag_kill") describes the bug, but the fix doesn't work reliably.
Problem is that ->flags member can be set on other cpu without chainlock
being held by that task, i.e. the RMW-Cycle can clear INET_FRAG_EVICTED
bit after we put the element on the evictor private list.
We can crash when walking the 'private' evictor list since an element can
be deleted from list underneath the evictor.
Join work with Nikolay Alexandrov.
Fixes: b13d3cbfb8 ("inet: frag: move eviction of queues to work queue")
Reported-by: Johan Schuijt <johan@transip.nl>
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Alexandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains ten Netfilter/IPVS fixes, they are:
1) Address refcount leak when creating an expectation from the ctnetlink
interface.
2) Fix bug splat in the IDLETIMER target related to sysfs, from Dmitry
Torokhov.
3) Resolve panic for unreachable route in IPVS with locally generated
traffic in the output path, from Alex Gartrell.
4) Fix wrong source address in rare cases for tunneled traffic in IPVS,
from Julian Anastasov.
5) Fix crash if scheduler is changed via ipvsadm -E, again from Julian.
6) Make sure skb->sk is unset for forwarded traffic through IPVS, again from
Alex Gartrell.
7) Fix crash with IPVS sync protocol v0 and FTP, from Julian.
8) Reset sender cpu for forwarded traffic in IPVS, also from Julian.
9) Allocate template conntracks through kmalloc() to resolve netns dependency
problems with the conntrack kmem_cache.
10) Fix zones with expectations that clash using the same tuple, from Joe
Stringer.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_select_default considers alternative routes only when
res->fi is for the first alias in res->fa_head. In the
common case this can happen only when the initial lookup
matches the first alias with highest TOS value. This
prevents the alternative routes to require specific TOS.
This patch solves the problem as follows:
- routes that require specific TOS should be returned by
fib_select_default only when TOS matches, as already done
in fib_table_lookup. This rule implies that depending on the
TOS we can have many different lists of alternative gateways
and we have to keep the last used gateway (fa_default) in first
alias for the TOS instead of using single tb_default value.
- as the aliases are ordered by many keys (TOS desc,
fib_priority asc), we restrict the possible results to
routes with matching TOS and lowest metric (fib_priority)
and routes that match any TOS, again with lowest metric.
For example, packet with TOS 8 can not use gw3 (not lowest
metric), gw4 (different TOS) and gw6 (not lowest metric),
all other gateways can be used:
tos 8 via gw1 metric 2 <--- res->fa_head and res->fi
tos 8 via gw2 metric 2
tos 8 via gw3 metric 3
tos 4 via gw4
tos 0 via gw5
tos 0 via gw6 metric 1
Reported-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slave latency range has been changed in Core Spec. 4.2 by Erratum 5419
of ESR08_V1.0.0. And it should be applied to Core Spec. 4.0 and 4.1.
Before:
connSlaveLatency <= ((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1)
After:
connSlaveLatency <= ((connSupervisionTimeout / (connIntervalMax*2)) - 1)
This patch makes hci_check_conn_params() check the allowable slave
latency range using the changed way.
Signed-off-by: Seungyoun Ju <sy39.ju@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add a timeout to prevent the do while loop running in an
infinite loop. This ensures that the channel will be
instructed to close within 10 seconds so prevents
l2cap_sock_shutdown() getting stuck forever.
Returns -ENOLINK when the timeout is reached. The channel
will be subequently closed and not all data will be ACK'ed.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use msecs_to_jiffies() instead of using HZ so that it
is easier to specify the time in milliseconds.
Also add a #define L2CAP_WAIT_ACK_POLL_PERIOD to specify the 200ms
polling period so that it is defined in a single place.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Right now there are no other users for ieee802154_rx()
in kernel. So lets remove EXPORT_SYMBOL() for this.
Also it moves the function prototype from global header
file to local header file.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch help to implement suspend/resume in mac802154, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Convert the module_init() to a invocation from inet_init() since
ip_tunnel_core is part of the INET built-in.
Fixes: 3093fbe7ff ("route: Per route IP tunnel metadata via lightweight tunnel")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Account for the configuration FIB_RULES=y && INET=n as FIB_RULES can
be selected by IPV6 or DECNET without INET.
Fixes: e7030878fc ("fib: Add fib rule match on tunnel id")
Fixes: 3093fbe7ff ("route: Per route IP tunnel metadata via lightweight tunnel")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_classid member is only required when CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
enabled. #ifdefify it to reduce the size of struct sock on 32 bit
systems, at least.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of all OVS specific VXLAN code in the receive and
transmit path by using a VXLAN net_device to represent the vport.
Only a small shim layer remains which takes care of handling the
VXLAN specific OVS Netlink configuration.
Unexports vxlan_sock_add(), vxlan_sock_release(), vxlan_xmit_skb()
since they are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This factors out the device configuration out of the RTNL newlink
API which allows for in-kernel creation of VXLAN net_devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This add the ability to select a routing table based on the tunnel
id which allows to maintain separate routing tables for each virtual
tunnel network.
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 100 lookup 100
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 200 lookup 200
A new static key controls the collection of metadata at tunnel level
upon demand.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a new IP tunnel lightweight tunnel type which allows
to specify IP tunnel instructions per route. Only IPv4 is supported
at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new flowi_tunnel structure which is a subset of ip_tunnel_key to
allow routes to match on tunnel metadata. For now, the tunnel id is
added to flowi_tunnel which allows for routes to be bound to specific
virtual tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows putting a VXLAN device into a new flow-based mode in which
skbs with a ip_tunnel_info dst metadata attached will be encapsulated
according to the instructions stored in there with the VXLAN device
defaults taken into consideration.
Similar on the receive side, if the VXLAN_F_COLLECT_METADATA flag is
set, the packet processing will populate a ip_tunnel_info struct for
each packet received and attach it to the skb using the new metadata
dst. The metadata structure will contain the outer header and tunnel
header fields which have been stripped off. Layers further up in the
stack such as routing, tc or netfitler can later match on these fields
and perform forwarding. It is the responsibility of upper layers to
ensure that the flag is set if the metadata is needed. The flag limits
the additional cost of metadata collecting based on demand.
This prepares the VXLAN device to be steered by the routing and other
subsystems which allows to support encapsulation for a large number
of tunnel endpoints and tunnel ids through a single net_device which
improves the scalability.
It also allows for OVS to leverage this mode which in turn allows for
the removal of the OVS specific VXLAN code.
Because the skb is currently scrubed in vxlan_rcv(), the attachment of
the new dst metadata is postponed until after scrubing which requires
the temporary addition of a new member to vxlan_metadata. This member
is removed again in a later commit after the indirect VXLAN receive API
has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces a new dst_metadata which enables to carry per packet metadata
between forwarding and processing elements via the skb->dst pointer.
The structure is set up to be a union. Thus, each separate type of
metadata requires its own dst instance. If demand arises to carry
multiple types of metadata concurrently, metadata dst entries can be
made stackable.
The metadata dst entry is refcnt'ed as expected for now but a non
reference counted use is possible if the reference is forced before
queueing the skb.
In order to allow allocating dsts with variable length, the existing
dst_alloc() is split into a dst_alloc() and dst_init() function. The
existing dst_init() function to initialize the subsystem is being
renamed to dst_subsys_init() to make it clear what is what.
The check before ip_route_input() is changed to ignore metadata dsts
and drop the dst inside the routing function thus allowing to interpret
metadata in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tunnel metadata data structures currently internal to
OVS and make them generic for use by all IP tunnels.
Both structures are kernel internal and will stay that way. Their
members are exposed to user space through individual Netlink
attributes by OVS. It will therefore be possible to extend/modify
these structures without affecting user ABI.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implementation uses lwtunnel infrastructure to register
hooks for mpls tunnel encaps.
It picks cues from iptunnel_encaps infrastructure and previous
mpls iptunnel RFC patches from Eric W. Biederman and Robert Shearman
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces lwtunnel_output function to call corresponding
lwtunnels output function to xmit the packet.
It adds two variants lwtunnel_output and lwtunnel_output6 for ipv4 and
ipv6 respectively today. But this is subject to change when lwtstate will
reside in dst or dst_metadata (as per upstream discussions).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support in ipv6 fib functions to parse Netlink
RTA encap attributes and attach encap state data to rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support in ipv4 fib functions to parse user
provided encap attributes and attach encap state data to fib_nh
and rtable.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides infrastructure to parse/dump/store encap information for
light weight tunnels like mpls. Encap information for such tunnels
is associated with fib routes.
This infrastructure is based on previous suggestions from
Eric Biederman to follow the xfrm infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Arik introduced an rtnl-locked regulatory API to be able
to differentiate between place do/don't have the RTNL;
this fixes missing locking in some of the code paths
2. Two small mesh bugfixes from Bob, one to avoid treating
a certain malformed over-the-air frame and one to avoid
sending a garbage field over the air.
3. A fix for powersave during WoWLAN suspend from Krishna Chaitanya.
4. A fix for a powersave vs. aggregation teardown race, from Michal.
5. Thomas reduced the loglevel of CRDA messages to avoid spamming
the kernel log with mostly irrelevant information.
6. Tom fixed a dangling debugfs directory pointer that could cause
crashes if subsequent addition of the same interface to debugfs
failed for some reason.
7. A fix from myself for a list corruption issue in mac80211 during
combined interface shutdown/removal - shut down interfaces first
and only then remove them to avoid that.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=US5Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-07-17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some fixes for the current cycle:
1. Arik introduced an rtnl-locked regulatory API to be able
to differentiate between place do/don't have the RTNL;
this fixes missing locking in some of the code paths
2. Two small mesh bugfixes from Bob, one to avoid treating
a certain malformed over-the-air frame and one to avoid
sending a garbage field over the air.
3. A fix for powersave during WoWLAN suspend from Krishna Chaitanya.
4. A fix for a powersave vs. aggregation teardown race, from Michal.
5. Thomas reduced the loglevel of CRDA messages to avoid spamming
the kernel log with mostly irrelevant information.
6. Tom fixed a dangling debugfs directory pointer that could cause
crashes if subsequent addition of the same interface to debugfs
failed for some reason.
7. A fix from myself for a list corruption issue in mac80211 during
combined interface shutdown/removal - shut down interfaces first
and only then remove them to avoid that.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->offload_fwd_mark and dev->offload_fwd_mark are 32-bit and should be
unique for device and may even be unique for a sub-set of ports within
device, so add switchdev helper function to generate unique marks based on
port's switch ID and group_ifindex. group_ifindex would typically be the
container dev's ifindex, such as the bridge's ifindex.
The generator uses a global hash table to store offload_fwd_marks hashed by
{switch ID, group_ifindex} key.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out retrieving the cgroups net_cls classid retrieval into its
own function, so that it can be reused later on from other parts of
the traffic control subsystem. If there's no skb->sk, then the small
helper returns 0 as well, which in cls_cgroup terms means 'could not
classify'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Daniel Borkmann:
"When adding connection tracking template rules to a netns, f.e. to
configure netfilter zones, the kernel will endlessly busy-loop as soon
as we try to delete the given netns in case there's at least one
template present, which is problematic i.e. if there is such bravery that
the priviledged user inside the netns is assumed untrusted.
Minimal example:
ip netns add foo
ip netns exec foo iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 1.2.3.4 -j CT --zone 1
ip netns del foo
What happens is that when nf_ct_iterate_cleanup() is being called from
nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list() for a provided netns, we always end up
with a net->ct.count > 0 and thus jump back to i_see_dead_people. We
don't get a soft-lockup as we still have a schedule() point, but the
serving CPU spins on 100% from that point onwards.
Since templates are normally allocated with nf_conntrack_alloc(), we
also bump net->ct.count. The issue why they are not yet nf_ct_put() is
because the per netns .exit() handler from x_tables (which would eventually
invoke xt_CT's xt_ct_tg_destroy() that drops reference on info->ct) is
called in the dependency chain at a *later* point in time than the per
netns .exit() handler for the connection tracker.
This is clearly a chicken'n'egg problem: after the connection tracker
.exit() handler, we've teared down all the connection tracking
infrastructure already, so rightfully, xt_ct_tg_destroy() cannot be
invoked at a later point in time during the netns cleanup, as that would
lead to a use-after-free. At the same time, we cannot make x_tables depend
on the connection tracker module, so that the xt_ct_tg_destroy() would
be invoked earlier in the cleanup chain."
Daniel confirms this has to do with the order in which modules are loaded or
having compiled nf_conntrack as modules while x_tables built-in. So we have no
guarantees regarding the order in which netns callbacks are executed.
Fix this by allocating the templates through kmalloc() from the respective
SYNPROXY and CT targets, so they don't depend on the conntrack kmem cache.
Then, release then via nf_ct_tmpl_free() from destroy_conntrack(). This branch
is marked as unlikely since conntrack templates are rarely allocated and only
from the configuration plane path.
Note that templates are not kept in any list to avoid further dependencies with
nf_conntrack anymore, thus, the tmpl larval list is removed.
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This callback is currently not allowed to sleep, which makes it more
difficult to implement proper driver methods in mac80211 than it has
to be. Instead of doing asynchronous work here in mac80211, make it
possible for the callback to sleep by doing some asynchronous work
in cfg80211. This also enables improvements to other drivers, like
ath6kl, that would like to sleep in this callback.
While at it, also fix the code to call the driver on the implicit
unregistration when an interface is removed, and do that also when
a P2P-Device wdev is destroyed (otherwise we leak the structs.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may need to store data per key, for example for PN
validation. Allow this by adding a pointer to the struct that
the driver can assign.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature.
Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an
appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it.
This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than
the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected
on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory
considerations allow it.
Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width
in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be
used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs.
Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that
will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag.
For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in
theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the
hardware will have decrypted the frame already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length
A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to
free up two RX flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow
more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon
and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where
IR-relaxation may be applicable.
Fixes: 06f207fc54 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ip6_datagram_connect() is doing a lot of socket changes without
socket being locked.
This looks wrong, at least for udp_lib_rehash() which could corrupt
lists because of concurrent udp_sk(sk)->udp_portaddr_hash accesses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add a new set of functions for registering and unregistering per
network namespace hooks.
- Modify the old global namespace hook functions to use the per
network namespace hooks in their implementation, so their remains a
single list that needs to be walked for any hook (this is important
for keeping the hook priority working and for keeping the code
walking the hooks simple).
- Only allow registering the per netdevice hooks in the network
namespace where the network device lives.
- Dynamically allocate the structures in the per network namespace
hook list in nf_register_net_hook, and unregister them in
nf_unregister_net_hook.
Dynamic allocate is required somewhere as the number of network
namespaces are not fixed so we might as well allocate them in the
registration function.
The chain of registered hooks on any list is expected to be small so
the cost of walking that list to find the entry we are unregistering
should also be small.
Performing the management of the dynamically allocated list entries
in the registration and unregistration functions keeps the complexity
from spreading.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Add support to allow non-local binds similar to how this was done for IPv4.
Non-local binds are very useful in emulating the Internet in a box, etc.
This add the ip_nonlocal_bind sysctl under ipv6.
Testing:
Set up nonlocal binding and receive routing on a host, e.g.:
ip -6 rule add from ::/0 iif eth0 lookup 200
ip -6 route add local 2001:0:0:1::/64 dev lo proto kernel scope host table 200
sysctl -w net.ipv6.ip_nonlocal_bind=1
Set up routing to 2001:0:0:1::/64 on peer to go to first host
ping6 -I 2001:0:0:1::1 peer-address -- to verify
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_twsk_deschedule() calls are followed by inet_twsk_put().
Only particular case is in inet_twsk_purge() but there is no point
to defer the inet_twsk_put() after re-enabling BH.
Lets rename inet_twsk_deschedule() to inet_twsk_deschedule_put()
and move the inet_twsk_put() inside.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
timewait sockets have a complex refcounting logic.
Once we realize it should be similar to established and
syn_recv sockets, we can use sk_nulls_del_node_init_rcu()
and remove inet_twsk_unhash()
In particular, deferred inet_twsk_put() added in commit
13475a30b6 ("tcp: connect() race with timewait reuse")
looks unecessary : When removing a timewait socket from
ehash or bhash, caller must own a reference on the socket
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel will crash the same if one of the pointer is NULL anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original design slow start is only used to raise cwnd
when cwnd is stricly below ssthresh. It makes little sense
to slow start when cwnd == ssthresh: especially
when hystart has set ssthresh in the initial ramp, or after
recovery when cwnd resets to ssthresh. Not doing so will
also help reduce the buffer bloat slightly.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to test the slow start condition in various congestion
control modules and other places. This is to prepare a slight improvement
in policy as to exactly when to slow start.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like act_gact, act_mirred can be lockless in packet processing
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) use rcu to protect tcfm_dev
4) Remove spinlock usage, as it is no longer needed.
Next step : add multi queue capability to ifb device
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Final step for gact RCU operation :
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) Remove spinlock acquisition, as it is no longer needed.
Since this is the last contended lock in packet RX when tc gact is used,
this gives impressive gain.
My host with 8 RX queues was handling 5 Mpps before the patch,
and more than 11 Mpps after patch.
Tested:
On receiver :
dev=eth0
tc qdisc del dev $dev ingress 2>/dev/null
tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
tc filter del dev $dev root pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter del dev $dev pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter add dev $dev est 1sec 4sec parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip src 7.0.0.0/8 flowid 1:15 action drop
Sender sends packets flood from 7/8 network
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second step for gact RCU operation :
We want to get rid of the spinlock protecting gact operations.
Stats (packets/bytes) will soon be per cpu.
gact_determ() would not work without a central packet counter,
so lets add it for this mode.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reuse existing percpu infrastructure John Fastabend added for qdisc.
This patch adds a new cpustats parameter to tcf_hash_create() and all
actions pass false, meaning this patch should have no effect yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() and other helpers were added to support
percpu stats for qdisc.
We want to add percpu stats for tc action, so this patch add common
helpers.
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_bstats_cpu_update()
qdisc_qstats_drop_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_qstats_cpu_drop()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature is only enabled with the new per-interface or ipv4 global
sysctls called 'ignore_routes_with_linkdown'.
net.ipv4.conf.all.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
net.ipv4.conf.default.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
net.ipv4.conf.lo.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
...
When the above sysctls are set, will report to userspace that a route is
dead and will no longer resolve to this nexthop when performing a fib
lookup. This will signal to userspace that the route will not be
selected. The signalling of a RTNH_F_DEAD is only passed to userspace
if the sysctl is enabled and link is down. This was done as without it
the netlink listeners would have no idea whether or not a nexthop would
be selected. The kernel only sets RTNH_F_DEAD internally if the
interface has IFF_UP cleared.
With the new sysctl set, the following behavior can be observed
(interface p8p1 is link-down):
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1 dead linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1 dead linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
90.0.0.1 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 src 70.0.0.1
cache
local 80.0.0.1 dev lo src 80.0.0.1
cache <local>
80.0.0.2 via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1 src 10.0.5.15
cache
While the route does remain in the table (so it can be modified if
needed rather than being wiped away as it would be if IFF_UP was
cleared), the proper next-hop is chosen automatically when the link is
down. Now interface p8p1 is linked-up:
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
192.168.56.0/24 dev p2p1 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.56.2
90.0.0.1 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 src 80.0.0.1
cache
local 80.0.0.1 dev lo src 80.0.0.1
cache <local>
80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 src 80.0.0.1
cache
and the output changes to what one would expect.
If the sysctl is not set, the following output would be expected when
p8p1 is down:
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1 linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1 linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
Since the dead flag does not appear, there should be no expectation that
the kernel would skip using this route due to link being down.
v2: Split kernel changes into 2 patches, this actually makes a
behavioral change if the sysctl is set. Also took suggestion from Alex
to simplify code by only checking sysctl during fib lookup and
suggestion from Scott to add a per-interface sysctl.
v3: Code clean-ups to make it more readable and efficient as well as a
reverse path check fix.
v4: Drop binary sysctl
v5: Whitespace fixups from Dave
v6: Style changes from Dave and checkpatch suggestions
v7: One more checkpatch fixup
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a fib flag called RTNH_F_LINKDOWN to any ipv4 nexthops that are
reachable via an interface where carrier is off. No action is taken,
but additional flags are passed to userspace to indicate carrier status.
This also includes a cleanup to fib_disable_ip to more clearly indicate
what event made the function call to replace the more cryptic force
option previously used.
v2: Split out kernel functionality into 2 patches, this patch simply
sets and clears new nexthop flag RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
v3: Cleanups suggested by Alex as well as a bug noticed in
fib_sync_down_dev and fib_sync_up when multipath was not enabled.
v5: Whitespace and variable declaration fixups suggested by Dave.
v6: Style fixups noticed by Dave; ran checkpatch to be sure I got them
all.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vid_begin/end to be consistent with BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN/END.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-06-18
Here's the final bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2.
- Cleanups & fixes to 802.15.4 code and related drivers
- Fix btusb driver memory leak
- New USB IDs for Atheros controllers
- Support for BCM4324B3 UART based Broadcom controller
- Fix for Bluetooth encryption key size handling
- Broadcom controller initialization fixes
- Support for Intel controller DDC parameters
- Support for multiple Bluetooth LE advertising instances
- Fix for HCI user channel cleanup path
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.2:
API:
- Convert RNG interface to new style.
- New AEAD interface with one SG list for AD and plain/cipher text.
All external AEAD users have been converted.
- New asymmetric key interface (akcipher).
Algorithms:
- Chacha20, Poly1305 and RFC7539 support.
- New RSA implementation.
- Jitter RNG.
- DRBG is now seeded with both /dev/random and Jitter RNG. If kernel
pool isn't ready then DRBG will be reseeded when it is.
- DRBG is now the default crypto API RNG, replacing krng.
- 842 compression (previously part of powerpc nx driver).
Drivers:
- Accelerated SHA-512 for arm64.
- New Marvell CESA driver that supports DMA and more algorithms.
- Updated powerpc nx 842 support.
- Added support for SEC1 hardware to talitos"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (292 commits)
crypto: marvell/cesa - remove COMPILE_TEST dependency
crypto: algif_aead - Temporarily disable all AEAD algorithms
crypto: af_alg - Forbid the use internal algorithms
crypto: echainiv - Only hold RNG during initialisation
crypto: seqiv - Add compatibility support without RNG
crypto: eseqiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: chainiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: user - Add CRYPTO_MSG_DELRNG
crypto: user - Move cryptouser.h to uapi
crypto: rng - Do not free default RNG when it becomes unused
crypto: skcipher - Allow givencrypt to be NULL
crypto: sahara - propagate the error on clk_disable_unprepare() failure
crypto: rsa - fix invalid select for AKCIPHER
crypto: picoxcell - Update to the current clk API
crypto: nx - Check for bogus firmware properties
crypto: marvell/cesa - add DT bindings documentation
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Kirkwood and Dove SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Orion SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add allhwsupport module parameter
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for all armada SoCs
...
Struct inet_proto no longer exists, so update the
comment which is out of date.
Signed-off-by: Zhaowei Yuan <zhaowei.yuan@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the mvebu/drivers branch of the arm-soc tree which contains
just a single patch bfa1ce5f38 ("bus:
mvebu-mbus: add mv_mbus_dram_info_nooverlap()") that happens to be
a prerequisite of the new marvell/cesa crypto driver.
This pulls the full hook netfilter definitions from all those that include
net_namespace.h.
Instead let's just include the bare minimum required in the new
linux/netfilter_defs.h file, and use it from the netfilter netns header files.
I also needed to include in.h and in6.h from linux/netfilter.h otherwise we hit
this compilation error:
In file included from include/linux/netfilter_defs.h:4:0,
from include/net/netns/netfilter.h:4,
from include/net/net_namespace.h:22,
from include/linux/netdevice.h:43,
from net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c:23:
include/uapi/linux/netfilter.h:76:17: error: field ‘in’ has incomplete type struct in_addr in;
And also explicit include linux/netfilter.h in several spots.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
We don't need to pull the full definitions in that file, a simple forward
declaration is enough.
Moreover, include linux/procfs.h from nf_synproxy_core, otherwise this hits a
compilation error due to missing declarations, ie.
net/netfilter/nf_synproxy_core.c: In function ‘synproxy_proc_init’:
net/netfilter/nf_synproxy_core.c:326:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘proc_create’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (!proc_create("synproxy", S_IRUGO, net->proc_net_stat,
^
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Include linux/idr.h and linux/skbuff.h since they are required by objects that
are declared in the net structure.
struct net {
...
struct idr netns_ids;
...
struct sk_buff_head wext_nlevents;
...
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Resolve compilation breakage when CONFIG_IPV6 is not set by moving the IPv6
code into a separated br_netfilter_ipv6.c file.
Fixes: efb6de9b4b ("netfilter: bridge: forward IPv6 fragmented packets")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that all preconditions are present for actual multi-advertising, the
number of allowed advertising instances can be larger than one. This
patch increases the number of allowed advertising instances to 5.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the obsolete adv_instance is no longer being referenced
anywhere in the code it can be removed without breaking the build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The add_advertising() and add_advertising_complete() functions reference
the now obsolete hdev->adv_instance struct. Both methods are being
refactored to access the dynamic advertising instance list instead.
This patch also introduces all logic necessary to actually deal with
multiple instance advertising. Notably the mgmt_adv_inst_expired() and
schedule_adv_inst() method are being referenced to schedule instances in
a round robin fashion.
This patch also introduces a "pending" flag into the adv_info struct.
This is necessary to identify and remove recently added advertising
instances when the HCI commands return with an error status code.
Otherwise new advertising instances could be leaked without properly
informing userspace about their existence.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the delayed work managing advertising duration and timeout is
part of the advertising instance structure. This is not correct as only
a single instance can be advertised at any given time. To implement
round robin advertising a single delayed work structure is needed.
To fix this the delayed work structure is being moved to the hci_dev
structure. The instance specific variable is renamed to "remaining_time"
to make it clear that this is the remaining lifetime of the instance and
not the current advertising timeout.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current hci dev structure only supports a single advertising
instance. To support multi-instance advertising it is necessary to
introduce a linked list of advertising instances so that multiple
advertising instances can be dynamically added and/or removed.
In a first step, the existing adv_instance member of the hci_dev
struct is supplemented by a linked list of advertising instances.
This patch introduces the list and supporting list management
infrastructure. The list is not being used yet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These groups will contain socket-destruction events for
AF_INET/AF_INET6, IPPROTO_TCP/IPPROTO_UDP.
Near the end of socket destruction, a check for listeners is
performed. In the presence of a listener, rather than completely
cleanup the socket, a unit of work will be added to a private
work queue which will first broadcast information about the socket
and then finish the cleanup operation.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.2.
- NCI drivers can now define their own handlers for processing
proprietary NCI responses and notifications.
- NFC vendors can use a dedicated netlink API to send their own
proprietary commands, like e.g. all commands needed to implement
vendor specific manufacturing tools.
- A new generic NCI over UART driver against which any NCI chipset
running on top of a serial interface can register.
- The st21nfcb driver is renamed to st-nci as it can and will support
most of ST Microelectronics NCI chipsets.
- The st21nfcb driver can put its CLF in hibernate mode and save
significant amount of power.
- A few st21nfcb minor fixes.
- The NXP NCI driver now supports ACPI enumeration.
- The Marvell NCI driver now supports both USB and serial
physical interfaces.
- The Marvell NCI drivers also supports NCI frames being muxed
over HCI. This is a setting that can be defined by a DT property.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+IG2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.2 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.2.
- NCI drivers can now define their own handlers for processing
proprietary NCI responses and notifications.
- NFC vendors can use a dedicated netlink API to send their own
proprietary commands, like e.g. all commands needed to implement
vendor specific manufacturing tools.
- A new generic NCI over UART driver against which any NCI chipset
running on top of a serial interface can register.
- The st21nfcb driver is renamed to st-nci as it can and will support
most of ST Microelectronics NCI chipsets.
- The st21nfcb driver can put its CLF in hibernate mode and save
significant amount of power.
- A few st21nfcb minor fixes.
- The NXP NCI driver now supports ACPI enumeration.
- The Marvell NCI driver now supports both USB and serial
physical interfaces.
- The Marvell NCI drivers also supports NCI frames being muxed
over HCI. This is a setting that can be defined by a DT property.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the net_device is gone, we have to unregister the hooks and put back
the reference on the net_device object. Once it comes back, register them
again. This also covers the device rename case.
This patch also adds a new flag to indicate that the basechain is disabled, so
their hooks are not registered. This flag is used by the netdev family to
handle the case where the net_device object is gone. Currently this flag is not
exposed to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The device is part of the hook configuration, so instead of a global
configuration per table, set it to each of the basechain that we create.
This patch reworks ebddf1a8d7 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow to bind table to
net_device").
Note that this adds a dev_name field in the nft_base_chain structure which is
required the netdev notification subscription that follows up in a patch to
handle gone net_devices.
Suggested-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
->auto_asconf_splist is per namespace and mangled by functions like
sctp_setsockopt_auto_asconf() which doesn't guarantee any serialization.
Also, the call to inet_sk_copy_descendant() was backuping
->auto_asconf_list through the copy but was not honoring
->do_auto_asconf, which could lead to list corruption if it was
different between both sockets.
This commit thus fixes the list handling by using ->addr_wq_lock
spinlock to protect the list. A special handling is done upon socket
creation and destruction for that. Error handlig on sctp_init_sock()
will never return an error after having initialized asconf, so
sctp_destroy_sock() can be called without addrq_wq_lock. The lock now
will be take on sctp_close_sock(), before locking the socket, so we
don't do it in inverse order compared to sctp_addr_wq_timeout_handler().
Instead of taking the lock on sctp_sock_migrate() for copying and
restoring the list values, it's preferred to avoid rewritting it by
implementing sctp_copy_descendant().
Issue was found with a test application that kept flipping sysctl
default_auto_asconf on and off, but one could trigger it by issuing
simultaneous setsockopt() calls on multiple sockets or by
creating/destroying sockets fast enough. This is only triggerable
locally.
Fixes: 9f7d653b67 ("sctp: Add Auto-ASCONF support (core).")
Reported-by: Ji Jianwen <jiji@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes commits ("mac802154: cleanup ieee802154 hardware flags")
bcbfd2078d and ("mac802154: cleanup address
filtering flags") 6b70a43c7e by starting
the flags definitions at BIT(0) which is same like the previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the setting of llsec param flag with the BIT macro.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since Bluetooth 3.0 there's a HCI command available for reading the
encryption key size of an BR/EDR connection. This information is
essential e.g. for generating an LTK using SMP over BR/EDR, so store
it as part of struct hci_conn.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In commit cd7d8498c9 ("tcp: change tcp_skb_pcount() location") we stored
gso_segs in a temporary cache hot location.
This patch does the same for gso_size.
This allows to save 2 cache line misses in tcp xmit path for
the last packet that is considered but not sent because of
various conditions (cwnd, tso defer, receiver window, TSQ...)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some NFC controller supports UART as host interface.
As with SPI, a lot of code can be shared between vendor
drivers. This patch add the generic support of UART and
provides some extension API for vendor specific needs.
This code is strongly inspired by the Bluetooth HCI ldisc
implementation. NCI UART vendor drivers will have to register
themselves to this layer via nci_uart_register.
Underlying tty will have to be configured from user land
thanks to an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Cuissard <cuissard@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2wTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-06-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For this round we mostly have fixes:
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCM_SECURITY was originally only implemented for datagram sockets,
not for stream sockets. However, SCM_CREDENTIALS is supported on
Unix stream sockets. For consistency, implement Unix stream support
for SCM_SECURITY as well. Also clean up the existing code and get
rid of the superfluous UNIXSID macro.
Motivated by https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1224211,
where systemd was using SCM_CREDENTIALS and assumed wrongly that
SCM_SECURITY was also supported on Unix stream sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS was removed in commit df1404650c
("mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC").
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SCO/eSCO link is supported by BR/EDR controller, it is
suitable to move them under BT_BREDR config option
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The return value of l2cap_recv_acldata() and sco_recv_scodata()
are not used, then change it to return void
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The encryption key size for LTKs is supposed to be applied only at the
moment of encryption. When generating a Link Key (using LE SC) from
the LTK the full non-shortened value should be used. This patch
modifies the code to always keep the full value around and only apply
the key size when passing the value to HCI.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Together with inline routines to associate a vendor commands
array with an NFC device.
Vendor commands allow vendors to implement their very specific
operations from driver code instead of adding new stack ops
for non NFC generic commands.
Vendors need to select their own unique IDs and use that as a
namespace for defining sub commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Handle allowing to send proprietary nci commands anywhere in the nci
state machine.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some device may need to execute some proprietary commands
in order to "wake-up"; Before the nci state initialization.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Allow for drivers to explicitly define handlers for each
proprietary notifications and responses they expect to support.
Reviewed-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
IPv4 and IPv6 share same implementation of get_cookie_sock(),
and there is no point inlining it.
We add tcp_ prefix to the common helper name and export it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To indicate if it's a coordinator or not a bool is enough. There should
no more values available which represent some other state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the priv attribute in ieee802154_hw to the right
section which is commented by attributes which needs to be filled by
driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removed an attribute from ieee802154_hw structure which is
never used inside kernel. Address information are stored inside wpan_dev
nowadays.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the ieee802154 hardware flags to enums and setting the
flag values with the BIT macro. Additional this patch changes the
commenting style for matching usual kernel style.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the hardware auto acknowdledge flag which indicates
that the transceiver supports this handling. This flag is never
evaluated inside mac802154 and all transceivers should support this
handling by default per hardware.
Suggested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the address filtering flags to enums and setting the
flag values with the BIT macro. Additional this patch changes the
commenting style for matching usual kernel style.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the virtual interface structure from sub if data
struct, because it isn't used anywhere. This structure could be useful
for give per interface information at softmac driver layer. Nevertheless
there exist no use case currently and it contains the interface type
information currently. This information is also stored inside wpan dev
which is now used to check on the wpan dev interface type.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When an application needs to force a source IP on an active TCP socket
it has to use bind(IP, port=x).
As most applications do not want to deal with already used ports, x is
often set to 0, meaning the kernel is in charge to find an available
port.
But kernel does not know yet if this socket is going to be a listener or
be connected.
It has very limited choices (no full knowledge of final 4-tuple for a
connect())
With limited ephemeral port range (about 32K ports), it is very easy to
fill the space.
This patch adds a new SOL_IP socket option, asking kernel to ignore
the 0 port provided by application in bind(IP, port=0) and only
remember the given IP address.
The port will be automatically chosen at connect() time, in a way
that allows sharing a source port as long as the 4-tuples are unique.
This new feature is available for both IPv4 and IPv6 (Thanks Neal)
Tested:
Wrote a test program and checked its behavior on IPv4 and IPv6.
strace(1) shows sequences of bind(IP=127.0.0.2, port=0) followed by
connect().
Also getsockname() show that the port is still 0 right after bind()
but properly allocated after connect().
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 5
setsockopt(5, SOL_IP, IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT, [1], 4) = 0
bind(5, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(0), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.2")}, 16) = 0
getsockname(5, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(0), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.2")}, [16]) = 0
connect(5, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53174), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.3")}, 16) = 0
getsockname(5, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(38050), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.2")}, [16]) = 0
IPv6 test :
socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 7
setsockopt(7, SOL_IP, IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT, [1], 4) = 0
bind(7, {sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(0), inet_pton(AF_INET6, "::1", &sin6_addr), sin6_flowinfo=0, sin6_scope_id=0}, 28) = 0
getsockname(7, {sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(0), inet_pton(AF_INET6, "::1", &sin6_addr), sin6_flowinfo=0, sin6_scope_id=0}, [28]) = 0
connect(7, {sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(57300), inet_pton(AF_INET6, "::1", &sin6_addr), sin6_flowinfo=0, sin6_scope_id=0}, 28) = 0
getsockname(7, {sa_family=AF_INET6, sin6_port=htons(60964), inet_pton(AF_INET6, "::1", &sin6_addr), sin6_flowinfo=0, sin6_scope_id=0}, [28]) = 0
I was able to bind()/connect() a million concurrent IPv4 sockets,
instead of ~32000 before patch.
lpaa23:~# ulimit -n 1000010
lpaa23:~# ./bind --connect --num-flows=1000000 &
1000000 sockets
lpaa23:~# grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 2000063 orphan 0 tw 47 alloc 2000157 mem 66
Check that a given source port is indeed used by many different
connections :
lpaa23:~# ss -t src :40000 | head -10
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.0.202.33:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.2.27.240:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.2.98.5:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.0.124.196:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.2.139.38:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.1.59.80:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.3.6.228:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.0.38.53:44983
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.2:40000 127.1.197.10:44983
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow dissector if an MPLS header contains an entropy label this is
saved in the new keyid field of flow_keys. The entropy label is
then represented in the flow hash function input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow dissector if a GRE header contains a keyid this is saved in the
new keyid field of flow_keys. The GRE keyid is then represented
in the flow hash function input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow_dissector set the flow label in flow_keys for IPv6. This also
removes the shortcircuiting of flow dissection when a non-zero label
is present, the flow label can be considered to provide additional
entropy for a hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow_dissector set vlan_id in flow_keys when VLAN is found.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to return the IPv6 address hash as part of flow keys.
In general, using the IPv6 address hash is risky in a hash value
since the underlying use of xor provides no entropy. If someone
really needs the hash value they can get it from the full IPv6
addresses in flow keys (e.g. from flow_get_u32_src).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes flow hashing to use jhash2 over the flow_keys
structure instead just doing jhash_3words over src, dst, and ports.
This method will allow us take more input into the hashing function
so that we can include full IPv6 addresses, VLAN, flow labels etc.
without needing to resort to xor'ing which makes for a poor hash.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will export the supported commands by the devices
to the userspace. This will be useful to check if HardMAC
drivers can support a specific command or not.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used
pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even
for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to
read and guaranteed to never get reused.
With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the
mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method
needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in
that skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have
PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to
store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's
somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due
to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN
to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct.
As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this
way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it
all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not
moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of
the internal TKIP state.
As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the
keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it.
This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer
share a cacheline.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux 3.17 and earlier are explicitly engineered so that if the app
doesn't specifically request a CC module on a listener before the SYN
arrives, then the child gets the system default CC when the connection
is established. See tcp_init_congestion_control() in 3.17 or earlier,
which says "if no choice made yet assign the current value set as
default". The change ("net: tcp: assign tcp cong_ops when tcp sk is
created") altered these semantics, so that children got their parent
listener's congestion control even if the system default had changed
after the listener was created.
This commit returns to those original semantics from 3.17 and earlier,
since they are the original semantics from 2007 in 4d4d3d1e8 ("[TCP]:
Congestion control initialization."), and some Linux congestion
control workflows depend on that.
In summary, if a listener socket specifically sets TCP_CONGESTION to
"x", or the route locks the CC module to "x", then the child gets
"x". Otherwise the child gets current system default from
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control. That's the behavior in 3.17 and
earlier, and this commit restores that.
Fixes: 55d8694fa8 ("net: tcp: assign tcp cong_ops when tcp sk is created")
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next, they are:
1) default CONFIG_NETFILTER_INGRESS to y for easier compile-testing of all
options.
2) Allow to bind a table to net_device. This introduces the internal
NFT_AF_NEEDS_DEV flag to perform a mandatory check for this binding.
This is required by the next patch.
3) Add the 'netdev' table family, this new table allows you to create ingress
filter basechains. This provides access to the existing nf_tables features
from ingress.
4) Kill unused argument from compat_find_calc_{match,target} in ip_tables
and ip6_tables, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'd already sent the same fix for -next, but Ben Hutchings
noted it's necessary in 4.1.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gYtq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This just has a single docbook build fix. In my confusion
I'd already sent the same fix for -next, but Ben Hutchings
noted it's necessary in 4.1.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28
Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:
- All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
- Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
- Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
- New IDs for the btusb driver
- Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
- New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
- Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the
comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like:
Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum!
Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed
make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1
Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed
make: *** [mandocs] Error 2
Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small
comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook
warnings.
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds IV generator information to xfrm_state. This
is currently obtained from our own list of algorithm descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch adds IV generator information for each AEAD and block
cipher to xfrm_algo_desc. This will be used to access the new
AEAD interface.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
After commit 07f4c90062 ("tcp/dccp: try to not exhaust
ip_local_port_range in connect()") it is advised to have an even number
of ports described in /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range
This means start/end values should have a different parity.
Let's warn sysadmins of this, so that they can update their settings
if they want to.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_v4_map_v6 was subtly writing and reading from members
of a union in a way the clobbered data it needed to read before
it read it.
Zeroing the v6 flowinfo overwrites the v4 sin_addr with 0, meaning
that every place that calls sctp_v4_map_v6 gets ::ffff:0.0.0.0 as the
result.
Reorder things to guarantee correct behaviour no matter what the
union layout is.
This impacts user space clients that open an IPv6 SCTP socket and
receive IPv4 connections. Prior to 299ee user space would see a
sockaddr with AF_INET and a correct address, after 299ee the sockaddr
is AF_INET6, but the address is wrong.
Fixes: 299ee123e1 (sctp: Fixup v4mapped behaviour to comply with Sock API)
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting the current cca ed level value over
nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We currently always send fragments without DF bit set.
Thus, given following setup:
mtu1500 - mtu1500:1400 - mtu1400:1280 - mtu1280
A R1 R2 B
Where R1 and R2 run linux with netfilter defragmentation/conntrack
enabled, then if Host A sent a fragmented packet _with_ DF set to B, R1
will respond with icmp too big error if one of these fragments exceeded
1400 bytes.
However, if R1 receives fragment sizes 1200 and 100, it would
forward the reassembled packet without refragmenting, i.e.
R2 will send an icmp error in response to a packet that was never sent,
citing mtu that the original sender never exceeded.
The other minor issue is that a refragmentation on R1 will conceal the
MTU of R2-B since refragmentation does not set DF bit on the fragments.
This modifies ip_fragment so that we track largest fragment size seen
both for DF and non-DF packets, and set frag_max_size to the largest
value.
If the DF fragment size is larger or equal to the non-df one, we will
consider the packet a path mtu probe:
We set DF bit on the reassembled skb and also tag it with a new IPCB flag
to force refragmentation even if skb fits outdev mtu.
We will also set DF bit on each fragment in this case.
Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Reported-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds transmission power setting support for IEEE-802.15.4
devices via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If tcp ehash table is constrained to a very small number of buckets
(eg boot parameter thash_entries=128), then we can crash if spinlock
array has more entries.
While we are at it, un-inline inet_ehash_locks_alloc() and make
following changes :
- Budget 2 cache lines per cpu worth of 'spinlocks'
- Try to kmalloc() the array to avoid extra TLB pressure.
(Most servers at Google allocate 8192 bytes for this hash table)
- Get rid of various #ifdef
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As there doesn't seem to be a definition of it or any users of it.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allows us to create netdev tables that contain ingress chains. Use
skb_header_pointer() as we may see shared sk_buffs at this stage.
This change provides access to the existing nf_tables features from the ingress
hook.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the internal NFT_AF_NEEDS_DEV flag to indicate that you must
attach this table to a net_device.
This change is required by the follow up patch that introduces the new netdev
table.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we disconnect from the AP, drivers call cfg80211_disconnect().
This doesn't know whether the disconnection was initiated locally
or by the AP though, which can cause problems with the supplicant,
for example with WPS. This issue obviously doesn't show up with any
mac80211 based driver since mac80211 doesn't call this function.
Fix this by requiring drivers to indicate whether the disconnect is
locally generated or not. I've tried to update the drivers, but may
not have gotten the values correct, and some drivers may currently
not be able to report correct values. In case of doubt I left it at
false, which is the current behaviour.
For libertas, make adjustments as indicated by Dan Williams.
Reported-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ipv6_select_ident() returns a 32bit value in network order.
Fixes: 286c2349f6 ("ipv6: Clean up ipv6_select_ident() and ip6_fragment()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch
'ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception',
we need to compensate the performance hit (bouncing dst->__refcnt).
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch keeps track of the DST_NOCACHE routes in a list and replaces its
dev with loopback during the iface down/unregister event.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch always creates RTF_CACHE clone with DST_NOCACHE
when FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH is set so that the rt6i_dst is set to
the fl6->daddr.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing the rt6->rt6i_node check whenever we need
to get the route's cookie. Refactor it into rt6_get_cookie().
It is a prep work to handle FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH and also
percpu rt6_info later.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a RTF_CACHE routes only after encountering a pmtu
exception.
After ip6_rt_update_pmtu() has inserted the RTF_CACHE route to the fib6
tree, the rt->rt6i_node->fn_sernum is bumped which will fail the
ip6_dst_check() and trigger a relookup.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a RTF_CACHE route, RTF_ANYCAST is set based on rt6i_dst.
Also, rt6i_gateway is always set to the nexthop while the nexthop
could be a gateway or the rt6i_dst.addr.
After removing the rt6i_dst and rt6i_src dependency in the last patch,
we also need to stop the caller from depending on rt6i_gateway and
RTF_ANYCAST.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the assumptions that the returned rt is always
a RTF_CACHE entry with the rt6i_dst and rt6i_src containing the
destination and source address. The dst and src can be recovered from
the calling site.
We may consider to rename (rt6i_dst, rt6i_src) to
(rt6i_key_dst, rt6i_key_src) later.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the ipv6_select_ident() signature to return a
fragment id instead of taking a whole frag_hdr as a param to
only set the frag_hdr->identification.
It also cleans up ip6_fragment() to obtain the fragment id at the
beginning instead of using multiple "if" later to check fragment id
has been generated or not.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the mib lock. The new locking mechanism is to protect
the mib values with the rtnl lock. Note that this isn't always necessary
if we have an interface up the most mib values are readonly (e.g.
address settings). With this behaviour we can remove locking in
hotpath like frame parsing completely. It depends on context if we need
to hold the rtnl lock or not, this makes the callbacks of
ieee802154_mlme_ops unnecessary because these callbacks hols always the
locks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch will use atomic operations for sequence number incrementation
while MAC header generation. Upper layers like af_802154 or 6LoWPAN
could call this function in a parallel context while generating 802.15.4
MAC header before queuing into wpan interfaces transmit queue.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the pib lock which is now replaced by rtnl lock. The
new interface already use the rtnl lock only. Nevertheless this patch
will fix issues while using new and old interface at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer need bsocket atomic counter, as inet_csk_get_port()
calls bind_conflict() regardless of its value, after commit
2b05ad33e1 ("tcp: bind() fix autoselection to share ports")
This patch removes overhead of maintaining this counter and
double inet_csk_get_port() calls under pressure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 8e4d980ac2 ("tcp: fix behavior for epoll edge trigger")
we fixed a possible hang of TCP sockets under memory pressure,
by allowing sk_stream_alloc_skb() to use sk_forced_mem_schedule()
if no packet is in socket write queue.
It turns out there are other cases where we want to force memory
schedule :
tcp_fragment() & tso_fragment() need to split a big TSO packet into
two smaller ones. If we block here because of TCP memory pressure,
we can effectively block TCP socket from sending new data.
If no further ACK is coming, this hang would be definitive, and socket
has no chance to effectively reduce its memory usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel-doc description for the drv_priv member of
struct ieee80211_txq was missing, leading to errors.
Add a suitable description to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ip_do_nat() function was removed prior to kernel 3.4. Remove the
unnecessary function prototype as well.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work as a follow-up of commit f7b3bec6f5 ("net: allow setting ecn
via routing table") and adds RFC3168 section 6.1.1.1. fallback for outgoing
ECN connections. In other words, this work adds a retry with a non-ECN
setup SYN packet, as suggested from the RFC on the first timeout:
[...] A host that receives no reply to an ECN-setup SYN within the
normal SYN retransmission timeout interval MAY resend the SYN and
any subsequent SYN retransmissions with CWR and ECE cleared. [...]
Schematic client-side view when assuming the server is in tcp_ecn=2 mode,
that is, Linux default since 2009 via commit 255cac91c3 ("tcp: extend
ECN sysctl to allow server-side only ECN"):
1) Normal ECN-capable path:
SYN ECE CWR ----->
<----- SYN ACK ECE
ACK ----->
2) Path with broken middlebox, when client has fallback:
SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
(timeout, rtx)
SYN ----->
<----- SYN ACK
ACK ----->
In case we would not have the fallback implemented, the middlebox drop
point would basically end up as:
SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
(timeout, rtx)
SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
(timeout, rtx)
SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
(timeout, rtx)
In any case, it's rather a smaller percentage of sites where there would
occur such additional setup latency: it was found in end of 2014 that ~56%
of IPv4 and 65% of IPv6 servers of Alexa 1 million list would negotiate
ECN (aka tcp_ecn=2 default), 0.42% of these webservers will fail to connect
when trying to negotiate with ECN (tcp_ecn=1) due to timeouts, which the
fallback would mitigate with a slight latency trade-off. Recent related
paper on this topic:
Brian Trammell, Mirja Kühlewind, Damiano Boppart, Iain Learmonth,
Gorry Fairhurst, and Richard Scheffenegger:
"Enabling Internet-Wide Deployment of Explicit Congestion Notification."
Proc. PAM 2015, New York.
http://ecn.ethz.ch/ecn-pam15.pdf
Thus, when net.ipv4.tcp_ecn=1 is being set, the patch will perform RFC3168,
section 6.1.1.1. fallback on timeout. For users explicitly not wanting this
which can be in DC use case, we add a net.ipv4.tcp_ecn_fallback knob that
allows for disabling the fallback.
tp->ecn_flags are not being cleared in tcp_ecn_clear_syn() on output, but
rather we let tcp_ecn_rcv_synack() take that over on input path in case a
SYN ACK ECE was delayed. Thus a spurious SYN retransmission will not prevent
ECN being negotiated eventually in that case.
Reference: https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/92/slides/slides-92-iccrg-1.pdf
Reference: https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/89/slides/slides-89-tsvarea-1.pdf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Mirja Kühlewind <mirja.kuehlewind@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Brian Trammell <trammell@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave That <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_illinois and upcoming tcp_cdg require 64bit alignment of
icsk_ca_priv
x86 does not care, but other architectures might.
Fixes: 05cbc0db03 ("ipv4: Create probe timer for tcp PMTU as per RFC4821")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add support to nl802154 to dump all phy capabilities which is
inside the wpan_phy_supported struct. Also we introduce a new method to
dumping supported channels. The new method will offer a easier interface
and has lesser netlink traffic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a flag property for the wpan phy structure.
The current flag settings in ieee802154_hw are accessable in mac802154
layer only which is okay for flags which indicates MAC handling which
are done by phy. For real PHY layer settings like cca mode, transmit
power, cca energy detection level.
The difference between these flags are that the MAC handling flags are
only handled in mac802154/HardMac layer e.g. on an interface up. The phy
settings are direct netlink calls from nl802154 into the driver layer
and the nl802154 need to have a chance to check if the driver supports
this handling before sending to the next layer.
We also check now on PHY flags while dumping and setting pib attributes.
In comparing with MIB attributes the 802.15.4 gives us an default value
which we assume when a transceiver implement less functionality. In case
of MIB settings the nl802154 layer doesn't need to check on the
ieee802154_hw flags then.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds check if the value is really changed inside pib/mib.
If a transceiver do support only one value for e.g. max_be then this
will also handle that the driver layer doesn't need to care about
handling to set one value only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for phy supported handling for all other already
existing handling 802.15.4 functionality. We assume now a fully 802.15.4
complaint transceiver at phy allocation. If a transceiver can support
802.15.4 default values only, then the values should be overwirtten by
values the transceiver supports. If the transceiver doesn't set the
according hardware flags, we assume the 802.15.4 defaults now which
cannot be changed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the wpan_phy_supported struct for wpan_phy. There
is currently no way to check if a transceiver can handle IEEE 802.15.4
complaint values. With this struct we can check before if the
transceiver supports these values before sending to driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of cca energy detection level from dbm to
mbm. This prepares to handle floating point cca energy detection levels
values. The old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for
handling backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of transmit power level from dbm to mbm.
This prepares to handle floating point transmit power levels values. The
old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for handling
backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the transmit power from s8 to s32. This prepares to store a
mbm value instead dbm inside the transmit power variable. The old
interface keep the a s8 dbm value, which should be backward compatibility
when assign s8 to s32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When bridge netfilter re-fragments an IP packet for output, all
packets that can not be re-fragmented to their original input size
should be silently discarded.
However, current bridge netfilter output path generates an ICMP packet
with 'size exceeded MTU' message for such packets, this is a bug.
This patch refactors the ip_fragment() API to allow two separate
use cases. The bridge netfilter user case will not
send ICMP, the routing output will, as before.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve readability of skip ICMP for de-fragmentation expiration logic.
This change will also make the logic easier to maintain when the
following patches in this series are applied.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock is used to protect netns_ids which is per net,
so there is no need to use a global spinlock.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- introduce port fdb obj and generic switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump()
- use switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump in rocker/team/bonding ndo ops.
- add support for fdb obj in switchdev_port_obj_add/del/dump()
- switch rocker to implement fdb ops via switchdev_ops
v3: updated to sync with named union changes.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an optimized version of sk_under_memory_pressure()
for TCP. Our intent is to use it in fast paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to use sk_forced_wmem_schedule() in input path as well,
so make it non static and rename it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_mem_reclaim_partial() goal is to ensure each socket has
one SK_MEM_QUANTUM forward allocation. This is needed both for
performance and better handling of memory pressure situations in
follow up patches.
SK_MEM_QUANTUM is currently a page, but might be reduced to 4096 bytes
as some arches have 64KB pages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we allow storing more request socks per listener, we might
hit syncookie mode less often and hit following bug in our stack :
When we send a burst of syncookies, then exit this mode,
tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow() can return false if the ACK packets coming
from clients are coming three seconds after the end of syncookie
episode.
This is a way too strong requirement and conflicts with rest of
syncookie code which allows ACK to be aged up to 2 minutes.
Perfectly valid ACK packets are dropped just because clients might be
in a crowded wifi environment or on another planet.
So let's fix this, and also change tcp_synq_overflow() to not
dirty a cache line for every syncookie we send, as we are under attack.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a static inline with identical definitions in multiple places...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, only hashes made out of ipv6 addresses could be dissected. This
patch introduces support for dissection of full ipv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce dissector infrastructure which allows user to specify which
parts of skb he wants to dissect.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the definition of the function is in flow_dissector.c, it makes
sense to have the declaration in flow_dissector.h
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these functions are defined in flow_dissector.c, move header
declarations from skbuff.h into flow_dissector.h
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56193d1bce ("net: Add function for parsing the header length out
of linear ethernet frames") added this function declaration but it is
defined nowhere.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems all we want here is to avoid endless 'goto reclassify' loop.
tc_classify_compat even resets this counter when something other
than TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY is returned, so this skb-counter doesn't
break hypothetical loops induced by something other than perpetual
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY return values.
skb_act_clone is now identical to skb_clone, so just use that.
Tested with following (bogus) filter:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 police rate 10Kbit burst \
64000 mtu 1500 action reclassify
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As xfrm_output_one() is the only caller of skb_dst_pop(), we should
make skb_dst_pop() localized.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del. Other objs will
follow, such as FDB. So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like bridge_setlink, add switchdev wrapper to handle bridge_getlink and
call into port driver to get port attrs. For now, only BR_LEARNING and
BR_LEARNING_SYNC are returned. To add more, we'll probably want to break
away from ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() and build the netlink skb directly in
the switchdev code.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can remove old wrappers for dellink.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same change as setlink. Provide the wrapper op for SELF ndo_bridge_dellink
and call into the switchdev driver to delete afspec VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New attr-based bridge_setlink can recurse lower devs and recover on err, so
remove old wrapper (including ndo_dflt_switchdev_port_bridge_setlink).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker: use switchdev get/set attr for bridge port flags
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN obj has flags (PVID and untagged) as well as start and end vid ranges.
The switchdev driver can optimize programing the device using the ranges.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like switchdev attr get/set, add new switchdev obj add/del. switchdev objs
will be things like VLANs or FIB entries, so add/del fits better for
objects than get/set used for attributes.
Use same two-phase prepare-commit transaction model as in attr set.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new swdev ops for get/set switch port attributes. Most swdev
interactions on a port are gets or sets on port attributes, so rather than
adding ops for each attribute, let's define clean get/set ops for all
attributes, and then we can have clear, consistent rules on how attributes
propagate on stacked devs.
Add the basic algorithms for get/set attr ops. Use the same recusive algo
to walk lower devs we've used for STP updates, for example. For get,
compare attr value for each lower dev and only return success if attr
values match across all lower devs. For sets, set the same attr value for
all lower devs. We'll use a two-phase prepare-commit transaction model for
sets. In the first phase, the driver(s) are asked if attr set is OK. If
all OK, the commit attr set in second phase. A driver would NACK the
prepare phase if it can't set the attr due to lack of resources or support,
within it's control. RTNL lock must be held across both phases because
we'll recurse all lower devs first in prepare phase, and then recurse all
lower devs again in commit phase. If any lower dev fails the prepare
phase, we need to abort the transaction for all lower devs.
If lower dev recusion isn't desired, allow a flag SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECURSE to
indicate get/set only work on port (lowest) device.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only left enqueue_root() user is netem, and it looks not necessary :
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len is preserved after one skb_clone()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port key has three components - user-key, speed-part, and duplex-part.
The LSBit is for the duplex-part, next 5 bits are for the speed while the
remaining 10 bits are the user defined key bits. Get these 10 bits
from the user-space (through the SysFs interface) and use it to form the
admin port-key. Allowed range for the user-key is 0 - 1023 (10 bits). If
it is not provided then use zero for the user-key-bits (default).
It can set using following example code -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF ))
# echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* fixed up context from change in ad_actor_sys_prio patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an AD system, the communication between actor and partner is the
business between these two entities. In the current setup anyone on the
same L2 can "guess" the LACPDU contents and then possibly send the
spoofed LACPDUs and trick the partner causing connectivity issues for
the AD system. This patch allows to use a random mac-address obscuring
it's identity making it harder for someone in the L2 is do the same thing.
This patch allows user-space to choose the mac-address for the AD-system.
This mac-address can not be NULL or a Multicast. If the mac-address is set
from user-space; kernel will honor it and will not overwrite it. In the
absence (value from user space); the logic will default to using the
masters' mac as the mac-address for the AD-system.
It can be set using example code below -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \
$(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )))
# echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows user to randomize the system-priority in an ad-system.
The allowed range is 1 - 0xFFFF while default value is 0xFFFF. If user
does not specify this value, the system defaults to 0xFFFF, which is
what it was before this patch.
Following example code could set the value -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM ))
# echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* changed how the default value is set in bond_check_params(), this
makes the default consistent between what gets set for a new bond
and what the default is claimed to be in the bonding options.]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are no longer needed and no longer used kill them.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that sk_alloc knows when a kernel socket is being allocated modify
it to not reference count the network namespace of kernel sockets.
Keep track of if a socket needs reference counting by adding a flag to
struct sock called sk_net_refcnt.
Update all of the callers of sock_create_kern to stop using
sk_change_net and sk_release_kernel as those hacks are no longer
needed, to avoid reference counting a kernel socket.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For DCTCP or similar ECN based deployments on fabrics with shallow
buffers, hosts are responsible for a good part of the buffering.
This patch adds an optional ce_threshold to codel & fq_codel qdiscs,
so that DCTCP can have feedback from queuing in the host.
A DCTCP enabled egress port simply have a queue occupancy threshold
above which ECT packets get CE mark.
In codel language this translates to a sojourn time, so that one doesn't
have to worry about bytes or bandwidth but delays.
This makes the host an active participant in the health of the whole
network.
This also helps experimenting DCTCP in a setup without DCTCP compliant
fabric.
On following example, ce_threshold is set to 1ms, and we can see from
'ldelay xxx us' that TCP is not trying to go around the 5ms codel
target.
Queue has more capacity to absorb inelastic bursts (say from UDP
traffic), as queues are maintained to an optimal level.
lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc mq 1: dev eth1 root
Sent 87910654696 bytes 58065331 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 42961)
backlog 3108242b 364p requeues 42961
qdisc codel 8063: dev eth1 parent 1:1 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7363778701 bytes 4863809 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5503)
rate 2348Mbit 193919pps backlog 255866b 46p requeues 5503
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 1.0ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 72384
qdisc codel 8064: dev eth1 parent 1:2 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7636486190 bytes 5043942 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5186)
rate 2319Mbit 191538pps backlog 207418b 64p requeues 5186
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 694us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 69873
qdisc codel 8065: dev eth1 parent 1:3 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 11569360142 bytes 7641602 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5554)
rate 3041Mbit 251096pps backlog 210446b 59p requeues 5554
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 889us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 37780
...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More accurately, listen all netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns
where the netlink socket is opened.
For this purpose, a netlink socket option is added:
NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID. When this option is set on a netlink socket, this
socket will receive netlink notifications from all netns that have a nsid
assigned into the netns where the socket has been opened. The nsid is sent
to userland via an anscillary data.
With this patch, a daemon needs only one socket to listen many netns. This
is useful when the number of netns is high.
Because 0 is a valid value for a nsid, the field nsid_is_set indicates if
the field nsid is valid or not. skb->cb is initialized to 0 on skb
allocation, thus we are sure that we will never send a nsid 0 by error to
the userland.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Diagnosing problems related to Window Probes has been hard because
we lack a counter.
TCPWinProbe counts the number of ACK packets a sender has to send
at regular intervals to make sure a reverse ACK packet opening back
a window had not been lost.
TCPKeepAlive counts the number of ACK packets sent to keep TCP
flows alive (SO_KEEPALIVE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the advent of small rto timers in datacenter TCP,
(ip route ... rto_min x), the following can happen :
1) Qdisc is full, transmit fails.
TCP sets a timer based on icsk_rto to retry the transmit, without
exponential backoff.
With low icsk_rto, and lot of sockets, all cpus are servicing timer
interrupts like crazy.
Intent of the code was to retry with a timer between 200 (TCP_RTO_MIN)
and 500ms (TCP_RESOURCE_PROBE_INTERVAL)
2) Receivers can send zero windows if they don't drain their receive queue.
TCP sends zero window probes, based on icsk_rto current value, with
exponential backoff.
With /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_retries2 being 15 (or even smaller in
some cases), sender can abort in less than one or two minutes !
If receiver stops the sender, it obviously doesn't care of very tight
rto. Probability of dropping the ACK reopening the window is not
worth the risk.
Lets change the base timer to be at least 200ms (TCP_RTO_MIN) for these
events (but not normal RTO based retransmits)
A followup patch adds a new SNMP counter, as it would have helped a lot
diagnosing this issue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.
Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently
doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's
get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows a server application to get the TCP SYN headers for
its passive connections. This is useful if the server is doing
fingerprinting of clients based on SYN packet contents.
Two socket options are added: TCP_SAVE_SYN and TCP_SAVED_SYN.
The first is used on a socket to enable saving the SYN headers
for child connections. This can be set before or after the listen()
call.
The latter is used to retrieve the SYN headers for passive connections,
if the parent listener has enabled TCP_SAVE_SYN.
TCP_SAVED_SYN is read once, it frees the saved SYN headers.
The data returned in TCP_SAVED_SYN are network (IPv4/IPv6) and TCP
headers.
Original patch was written by Tom Herbert, I changed it to not hold
a full skb (and associated dst and conntracking reference).
We have used such patch for about 3 years at Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
rhashtable conversion
* a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
* remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
userspace behaviour
* add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
a lot of warnings
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sf/A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have only a few fixes right now:
* a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
rhashtable conversion
* a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
* remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
userspace behaviour
* add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
a lot of warnings
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-04
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2:
- Various fixes for at86rf230 driver
- ieee802154: trace events support for rdev->ops
- HCI UART driver refactoring
- New Realtek IDs added to btusb driver
- Off-by-one fix for rtl8723b in btusb driver
- Refactoring of btbcm driver for both UART & USB use
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, the IGMP and MLD message validation functions are moved
from the bridge code to IPv4/IPv6 multicast files. Some small
refactoring was done to enhance readibility and to iron out some
differences in behaviour between the IGMP and MLD parsing code (e.g. the
skb-cloning of MLD messages is now only done if necessary, just like the
IGMP part always did).
Finally, these IGMP and MLD message validation functions are exported so
that not only the bridge can use it but batman-adv later, too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate 90 of these warnings:
Warning(..//include/net/mac80211.h:1682): No description found for parameter 'drv_priv[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some users of flow keys (well just sch_choke now) need to pass
flow_keys in skbuff cb, and use them for exact comparisons of flows
so that skb->hash is not sufficient. In order to increase size of
the flow_keys structure, we introduce another structure for
the purpose of passing flow keys in skbuff cb. We limit this structure
to sixteen bytes, and we will technically treat this as a digest of
flow_keys struct hence its name flow_keys_digest. In the first
incaranation we just copy the flow_keys structure up to 16 bytes--
this is the same information previously passed in the cb. In the
future, we'll adapt this for larger flow_keys and could use something
like SHA-1 over the whole flow_keys to improve the quality of the
digest.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under presence of TSO/GSO/GRO packets, codel at low rates can be quite
useless. In following example, not a single packet was ever dropped,
while average delay in codel queue is ~100 ms !
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 134376498 bytes 88797 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 13626b 3p requeues 0
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 96.9ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 9084 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
This comes from a confusion of what should be the minimal backlog. It is
pretty clear it is not 64KB or whatever max GSO packet ever reached the
qdisc.
codel intent was to use MTU of the device.
After the fix, we finally drop some packets, and rtt/cwnd of my single
TCP flow are meeting our expectations.
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 102798497 bytes 67912 pkt (dropped 1365, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 6056b 3p requeues 0
count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 36.3ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 10598 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch divides the IPv6 flow label space into two ranges:
0-7ffff is reserved for flow label manager, 80000-fffff will be
used for creating auto flow labels (per RFC6438). This only affects how
labels are set on transmit, it does not affect receive. This range split
can be disbaled by systcl.
Background:
IPv6 flow labels have been an unmitigated disappointment thus far
in the lifetime of IPv6. Support in HW devices to use them for ECMP
is lacking, and OSes don't turn them on by default. If we had these
we could get much better hashing in IPv6 networks without resorting
to DPI, possibly eliminating some of the motivations to to define new
encaps in UDP just for getting ECMP.
Unfortunately, the initial specfications of IPv6 did not clarify
how they are to be used. There has always been a vague concept that
these can be used for ECMP, flow hashing, etc. and we do now have a
good standard how to this in RFC6438. The problem is that flow labels
can be either stateful or stateless (as in RFC6438), and we are
presented with the possibility that a stateless label may collide
with a stateful one. Attempts to split the flow label space were
rejected in IETF. When we added support in Linux for RFC6438, we
could not turn on flow labels by default due to this conflict.
This patch splits the flow label space and should give us
a path to enabling auto flow labels by default for all IPv6 packets.
This is an API change so we need to consider compatibility with
existing deployment. The stateful range is chosen to be the lower
values in hopes that most uses would have chosen small numbers.
Once we resolve the stateless/stateful issue, we can proceed to
look at enabling RFC6438 flow labels by default (starting with
scaled testing).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used.
pedit sets TC_MUNGED when packet content was altered, but all the core
does is unset MUNGED again and then set OK2MUNGE.
And the latter isn't tested anywhere. So lets remove both
TC_MUNGED and TC_OK2MUNGE.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_rt6i_peer is no longer needed after the last patch,
'ipv6: Stop rt6_info from using inet_peer's metrics'.
DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE is added by
commit e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely").
Since inetpeer is no longer used for metrics, this bit is also not needed.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_peer is indexed by the dst address alone. However, the fib6 tree
could have multiple routing entries (rt6_info) for the same dst. For
example,
1. A /128 dst via multiple gateways.
2. A RTF_CACHE route cloned from a /128 route.
In the above cases, all of them will share the same metrics and
step on each other.
This patch will steer away from inet_peer's metrics and use
dst_cow_metrics_generic() for everything.
Change Highlights:
1. Remove rt6_cow_metrics() which currently acquires metrics from
inet_peer for DST_HOST route (i.e. /128 route).
2. Add rt6i_pmtu to take care of the pmtu update to avoid creating a
full size metrics just to override the RTAX_MTU.
3. After (2), the RTF_CACHE route can also share the metrics with its
dst.from route, by:
dst_init_metrics(&cache_rt->dst, dst_metrics_ptr(cache_rt->dst.from), true);
4. Stop creating RTF_CACHE route by cloning another RTF_CACHE route. Instead,
directly clone from rt->dst.
[ Currently, cloning from another RTF_CACHE is only possible during
rt6_do_redirect(). Also, the old clone is removed from the tree
immediately after the new clone is added. ]
In case of cloning from an older redirect RTF_CACHE, it should work as
before.
In case of cloning from an older pmtu RTF_CACHE, this patch will forget
the pmtu and re-learn it (if there is any) from the redirected route.
The _rt6i_peer and DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE will be removed
in the next cleanup patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code is based on commit 6bab2e19c5
("cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf()")
This will expose in sysfs whether the ifname of a IEEE-802.15.4
device is set by userspace or generated by the kernel.
We are using two types of name_assign_types
o NET_NAME_ENUM: Default interface name provided by kernel
o NET_NAME_USER: Interface name provided by user.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the proper description to the mac802154 core APIs.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We would like that optional info provided by Congestion Control
modules using netlink can also be read using getsockopt()
This patch changes get_info() to put this information in a buffer,
instead of skb, like tcp_get_info(), so that following patch
can reuse this common infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tracks total number of bytes acked for a TCP socket.
This is the sum of all changes done to tp->snd_una, and allows
for precise tracking of delivered data.
RFC4898 named this : tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsAcked
This is a 64bit field, and can be fetched both from TCP_INFO
getsockopt() if one has a handle on a TCP socket, or from inet_diag
netlink facility (iproute2/ss patch will follow)
Note that tp->bytes_acked was placed near tp->snd_una for
best data locality and minimal performance impact.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Chris Rapier <rapier@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding modules currently defines four macros with
general names that pollute the global namespace:
DRV_VERSION
DRV_RELDATE
DRV_NAME
DRV_DESCRIPTION
Fixing that by defining a private bonding_priv.h
header files which includes those defines.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[ 3897.923145] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
0000000000000080
[ 3897.931025] IP: [<ffffffffa9f27686>] reqsk_timer_handler+0x1a6/0x243
There is a race when reqsk_timer_handler() and tcp_check_req() call
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_unlink() on the same req at the same time.
Before commit fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener
timer"), listener spinlock was held and race could not happen.
To solve this bug, we change reqsk_queue_unlink() to not assume req
must be found, and we return a status, to conditionally release a
refcount on the request sock.
This also means tcp_check_req() in non fastopen case might or not
consume req refcount, so tcp_v6_hnd_req() & tcp_v4_hnd_req() have
to properly handle this.
(Same remark for dccp_check_req() and its callers)
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_drop() is now too big to be inlined, as it is
called 4 times in tcp and 3 times in dccp.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a
good indication that something went wrong and the driver
may want to know about that to take action or trigger
debug flows.
It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that
is released. Notify each time the timer fires.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer
doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its
frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link
is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe
to the driver.
Use the event_callback callback for this.
Since more events with the same data will be added in the
feature, the structure that describes the data attached to
the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event.
This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then
we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just
needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for
that being possible.)
However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle
fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize().
Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the
code in mac80211 at all anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache
that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be
able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when
external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per
packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache.
There's also a more detailed description in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the
comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like:
Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum!
Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed
make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1
Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed
make: *** [mandocs] Error 2
Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small
comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook
warnings.
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix verifier memory corruption and other bugs in BPF layer, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add a conservative fix for doing BPF properly in the BPF classifier
of the packet scheduler on ingress. Also from Alexei.
3) The SKB scrubber should not clear out the packet MARK and security
label, from Herbert Xu.
4) Fix oops on rmmod in stmmac driver, from Bryan O'Donoghue.
5) Pause handling is not correct in the stmmac driver because it
doesn't take into consideration the RX and TX fifo sizes. From
Vince Bridgers.
6) Failure path missing unlock in FOU driver, from Wang Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
net: dsa: use DEVICE_ATTR_RW to declare temp1_max
netns: remove BUG_ONs from net_generic()
IB/ipoib: Fix ndo_get_iflink
sfc: Fix memcpy() with const destination compiler warning.
altera tse: Fix network-delays and -retransmissions after high throughput.
net: remove unused 'dev' argument from netif_needs_gso()
act_mirred: Fix bogus header when redirecting from VLAN
inet_diag: fix access to tcp cc information
tcp: tcp_get_info() should fetch socket fields once
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add missing initialization in mv88e6xxx_set_port_state()
skbuff: Do not scrub skb mark within the same name space
Revert "net: Reset secmark when scrubbing packet"
bpf: fix two bugs in verification logic when accessing 'ctx' pointer
bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets
stmmac: Configure Flow Control to work correctly based on rxfifo size
stmmac: Enable unicast pause frame detect in GMAC Register 6
stmmac: Read tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree
stmmac: Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control
stmmac: Add properties for transmit and receive fifo sizes
stmmac: fix oops on rmmod after assigning ip addr
...
This inline has ~500 callsites.
On 04/14/2015 08:37 PM, David Miller wrote:
> That BUG_ON() was added 7 years ago, and I don't remember it ever
> triggering or helping us diagnose something, so just remove it and
> keep the function inlined.
On x86 allyesconfig build:
text data bss dec hex filename
82447071 22255384 20627456 125329911 77861f7 vmlinux4
82441375 22255384 20627456 125324215 7784bb7 vmlinux5prime
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two different problems are fixed here :
1) inet_sk_diag_fill() might be called without socket lock held.
icsk->icsk_ca_ops can change under us and module be unloaded.
-> Access to freed memory.
Fix this using rcu_read_lock() to prevent module unload.
2) Some TCP Congestion Control modules provide information
but again this is not safe against icsk->icsk_ca_ops
change and nla_put() errors were ignored. Some sockets
could not get the additional info if skb was almost full.
Fix this by returning a status from get_info() handlers and
using rcu protection as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull second vfs update from Al Viro:
"Now that net-next went in... Here's the next big chunk - killing
->aio_read() and ->aio_write().
There'll be one more pile today (direct_IO changes and
generic_write_checks() cleanups/fixes), but I'd prefer to keep that
one separate"
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
->aio_read and ->aio_write removed
pcm: another weird API abuse
infinibad: weird APIs switched to ->write_iter()
kill do_sync_read/do_sync_write
fuse: use iov_iter_get_pages() for non-splice path
fuse: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
switch drivers/char/mem.c to ->read_iter/->write_iter
make new_sync_{read,write}() static
coredump: accept any write method
switch /dev/loop to vfs_iter_write()
serial2002: switch to __vfs_read/__vfs_write
ashmem: use __vfs_read()
export __vfs_read()
autofs: switch to __vfs_write()
new helper: __vfs_write()
switch hugetlbfs to ->read_iter()
coda: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
ncpfs: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
net/9p: remove (now-)unused helpers
p9_client_attach(): set fid->uid correctly
...
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
A final pull request, I know it's very late but this time I think it's worth a
bit of rush.
The following patchset contains Netfilter/nf_tables updates for net-next, more
specifically concatenation support and dynamic stateful expression
instantiation.
This also comes with a couple of small patches. One to fix the ebtables.h
userspace header and another to get rid of an obsolete example file in tree
that describes a nf_tables expression.
This time, I decided to paste the original descriptions. This will result in a
rather large commit description, but I think these bytes to keep.
Patrick McHardy says:
====================
netfilter: nf_tables: concatenation support
The following patches add support for concatenations, which allow multi
dimensional exact matches in O(1).
The basic idea is to split the data registers, currently consisting of
4 registers of 16 bytes each, into smaller units, 16 registers of 4
bytes each, and making sure each register store always leaves the
full 32 bit in a well defined state, meaning smaller stores will
zero the remaining bits.
Based on that, we can load multiple adjacent registers with different
values, thereby building a concatenated bigger value, and use that
value for set lookups.
Sets are changed to use variable sized extensions for their key and
data values, removing the fixed limit of 16 bytes while saving memory
if less space is needed.
As a side effect, these patches will allow some nice optimizations in
the future, like using jhash2 in nft_hash, removing the masking in
nft_cmp_fast, optimized data comparison using 32 bit word size etc.
These are not done so far however.
The patches are split up as follows:
* the first five patches add length validation to register loads and
stores to make sure we stay within bounds and prepare the validation
functions for the new addressing mode
* the next patches prepare for changing to 32 bit addressing by
introducing a struct nft_regs, which holds the verdict register as
well as the data registers. The verdict members are moved to a new
struct nft_verdict to allow to pull struct nft_data out of the stack.
* the next patches contain preparatory conversions of expressions and
sets to use 32 bit addressing
* the next patch introduces so far unused register conversion helpers
for parsing and dumping register numbers over netlink
* following is the real conversion to 32 bit addressing, consisting of
replacing struct nft_data in struct nft_regs by an array of u32s and
actually translating and validating the new register numbers.
* the final two patches add support for variable sized data items and
variable sized keys / data in set elements
The patches have been verified to work correctly with nft binaries using
both old and new addressing.
====================
Patrick McHardy says:
====================
netfilter: nf_tables: dynamic stateful expression instantiation
The following patches are the grand finale of my nf_tables set work,
using all the building blocks put in place by the previous patches
to support something like iptables hashlimit, but a lot more powerful.
Sets are extended to allow attaching expressions to set elements.
The dynset expression dynamically instantiates these expressions
based on a template when creating new set elements and evaluates
them for all new or updated set members.
In combination with concatenations this effectively creates state
tables for arbitrary combinations of keys, using the existing
expression types to maintain that state. Regular set GC takes care
of purging expired states.
We currently support two different stateful expressions, counter
and limit. Using limit as a template we can express the functionality
of hashlimit, but completely unrestricted in the combination of keys.
Using counter we can perform accounting for arbitrary flows.
The following examples from patch 5/5 show some possibilities.
Userspace syntax is still WIP, especially the listing of state
tables will most likely be seperated from normal set listings
and use a more structured format:
1. Limit the rate of new SSH connections per host, similar to iptables
hashlimit:
flow ip saddr timeout 60s \
limit 10/second \
accept
2. Account network traffic between each set of /24 networks:
flow ip saddr & 255.255.255.0 . ip daddr & 255.255.255.0 \
counter
3. Account traffic to each host per user:
flow skuid . ip daddr \
counter
4. Account traffic for each combination of source address and TCP flags:
flow ip saddr . tcp flags \
counter
The resulting set content after a Xmas-scan look like this:
{
192.168.122.1 . fin | psh | urg : counter packets 1001 bytes 40040,
192.168.122.1 . ack : counter packets 74 bytes 3848,
192.168.122.1 . psh | ack : counter packets 35 bytes 3144
}
In the future the "expressions attached to elements" will be extended
to also support user created non-stateful expressions to allow to
efficiently select beween a set of parameter sets, f.i. a set of log
statements with different prefixes based on the interface, which currently
require one rule each. This will most likely have to wait until the next
kernel version though.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro says:
====================
netdev-related stuff in vfs.git
There are several commits sitting in vfs.git that probably ought to go in
via net-next.git. First of all, there's merge with vfs.git#iocb - that's
Christoph's aio rework, which has triggered conflicts with the ->sendmsg()
and ->recvmsg() patches a while ago. It's not so much Christoph's stuff
that ought to be in net-next, as (pretty simple) conflict resolution on merge.
The next chunk is switch to {compat_,}import_iovec/import_single_range - new
safer primitives for initializing iov_iter. The primitives themselves come
from vfs/git#iov_iter (and they are used quite a lot in vfs part of queue),
conversion of net/socket.c syscalls belongs in net-next, IMO. Next there's
afs and rxrpc stuff from dhowells. And then there's sanitizing kernel_sendmsg
et.al. + missing inlined helper for "how much data is left in msg->msg_iter" -
this stuff is used in e.g. cifs stuff, but it belongs in net-next.
That pile is pullable from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs.git for-davem
I'll post the individual patches in there in followups; could you take a look
and tell if everything in there is OK with you?
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a timer wheel for timewait sockets was nice ~15 years ago when
memory was expensive and machines had a single processor.
This does not scale, code is ugly and source of huge latencies
(Typically 30 ms have been seen, cpus spinning on death_lock spinlock.)
We can afford to use an extra 64 bytes per timewait sock and spread
timewait load to all cpus to have better behavior.
Tested:
On following test, /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tw_recycle is set to 1
on the target (lpaa24)
Before patch :
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
419594
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
437171
While test is running, we can observe 25 or even 33 ms latencies.
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 20601ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.020/0.217/25.771/1.535 ms, pipe 2
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 20702ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.019/0.183/33.761/1.441 ms, pipe 2
After patch :
About 90% increase of throughput :
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
810442
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
800992
And latencies are kept to minimal values during this load, even
if network utilization is 90% higher :
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 19991ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.023/0.064/0.360/0.042 ms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a flag to mark stateful expressions.
This is used for dynamic expression instanstiation to limit the usable
expressions. Strictly speaking only the dynset expression can not be
used in order to avoid recursion, but since dynamically instantiating
non-stateful expressions will simply create an identical copy, which
behaves no differently than the original, this limits to expressions
where it actually makes sense to dynamically instantiate them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Preparation to attach expressions to set elements: add a set extension
type to hold an expression and dump the expression information with the
set element.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions for initializing, cloning, dumping and destroying
a single expression that is not part of a rule.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch changes sets to support variable sized set element keys / data
up to 64 bytes each by using variable sized set extensions. This allows
to use concatenations with bigger data items suchs as IPv6 addresses.
As a side effect, small keys/data now don't require the full 16 bytes
of struct nft_data anymore but just the space they need.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a size argument to nft_data_init() and pass in the available space.
This will be used by the following patches to support variable sized
set element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Switch the nf_tables registers from 128 bit addressing to 32 bit
addressing to support so called concatenations, where multiple values
can be concatenated over multiple registers for O(1) exact matches of
multiple dimensions using sets.
The old register values are mapped to areas of 128 bits for compatibility.
When dumping register numbers, values are expressed using the old values
if they refer to the beginning of a 128 bit area for compatibility.
To support concatenations, register loads of less than a full 32 bit
value need to be padded. This mainly affects the payload and exthdr
expressions, which both unconditionally zero the last word before
copying the data.
Userspace fully passes the testsuite using both old and new register
addressing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions to parse and dump register values in netlink attributes.
These helpers will later be changed to take care of translation between the
old 128 bit and the new 32 bit register numbers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simple conversion to use u32 pointers to the beginning of the data
area to keep follow up patches smaller.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only needlessly complicates things due to requiring specific argument
types. Use memcmp directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace the array of registers passed to expressions by a struct nft_regs,
containing the verdict as a seperate member, which aliases to the
NFT_REG_VERDICT register.
This is needed to seperate the verdict from the data registers completely,
so their size can be changed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Change nft_validate_input_register() to not only validate the input
register number, but also the length of the load, and rename it to
nft_validate_register_load() to reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
All users of nft_validate_register_store() first invoke
nft_validate_output_register(). There is in fact no use for using it
on its own, so simplify the code by folding the functionality into
nft_validate_register_store() and kill it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The existing name is ambiguous, data is loaded as well when we read from
a register. Rename to nft_validate_register_store() for clarity and
consistency with the upcoming patch to introduce its counterpart,
nft_validate_register_load().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For values spanning multiple registers, we need to validate that enough
space is available from the destination register onwards. Add a len
argument to nft_validate_data_load() and consolidate the existing length
validations in preparation of that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mtuo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-04-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
There isn't much left, but we have
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-09
We've had enough new patches during the past week (especially from
Marcel) that it'd be good to still get these queued for 4.1.
The majority of the changes are from Marcel with lots of cleanup &
refactoring patches for the HCI UART driver. Marcel also split out some
Broadcom & Intel vendor specific functionality into two new btintel &
btbcm modules.
In addition to the HCI driver changes there's the completion of our
local OOB data interface for pairing, added support for requesting
remote LE features when connecting, as well as a couple of minor fixes
for mac802154.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
They are:
* nf_tables set timeout infrastructure from Patrick Mchardy.
1) Add support for set timeout support.
2) Add support for set element timeouts using the new set extension
infrastructure.
4) Add garbage collection helper functions to get rid of stale elements.
Elements are accumulated in a batch that are asynchronously released
via RCU when the batch is full.
5) Add garbage collection synchronization helpers. This introduces a new
element busy bit to address concurrent access from the netlink API and the
garbage collector.
5) Add timeout support for the nft_hash set implementation. The garbage
collector peridically checks for stale elements from the workqueue.
* iptables/nftables cgroup fixes:
6) Ignore non full-socket objects from the input path, otherwise cgroup
match may crash, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Fix cgroup in nf_tables.
8) Save some cycles from xt_socket by skipping packet header parsing when
skb->sk is already set because of early demux. Also from Daniel.
* br_netfilter updates from Florian Westphal.
9) Save frag_max_size and restore it from the forward path too.
10) Use a per-cpu area to restore the original source MAC address when traffic
is DNAT'ed.
11) Add helper functions to access physical devices.
12) Use these new physdev helper function from xt_physdev.
13) Add another nf_bridge_info_get() helper function to fetch the br_netfilter
state information.
14) Annotate original layer 2 protocol number in nf_bridge info, instead of
using kludgy flags.
15) Also annotate the pkttype mangling when the packet travels back and forth
from the IP to the bridge layer, instead of using a flag.
* More nf_tables set enhancement from Patrick:
16) Fix possible usage of set variant that doesn't support timeouts.
17) Avoid spurious "set is full" errors from Netlink API when there are pending
stale elements scheduled to be released.
18) Restrict loop checks to set maps.
19) Add support for dynamic set updates from the packet path.
20) Add support to store optional user data (eg. comments) per set element.
BTW, I have also pulled net-next into nf-next to anticipate the conflict
resolution between your okfn() signature changes and Florian's br_netfilter
updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink attribute for the power is s8. But for the driver level
operations we are collection power level value into integer.
It has to be change to s8 from int.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When establishing a Bluetooth LE connection, read the remote used
features mask to determine which features are supported. This was
not really needed with Bluetooth 4.0, but since Bluetooth 4.1 and
also 4.2 have introduced new optional features, this becomes more
important.
This works the same as with BR/EDR where the connection enters the
BT_CONFIG stage and hci_connect_cfm call is delayed until the remote
features have been retrieved. Only after successfully receiving the
remote features, the connection enters the BT_CONNECTED state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
trivial conflict in net/socket.c and non-trivial one in crypto -
that one had evaded aio_complete() removal.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=MzOJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC: 4.1 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an userdata set extension and allow the user to attach arbitrary
data to set elements. This is intended to hold TLV encoded data like
comments or DNS annotations that have no meaning to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a new "dynset" expression for dynamic set updates.
A new set op ->update() is added which, for non existant elements,
invokes an initialization callback and inserts the new element.
For both new or existing elements the extenstion pointer is returned
to the caller to optionally perform timer updates or other actions.
Element removal is not supported so far, however that seems to be a
rather exotic need and can be added later on.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently a set binding is assumed to be related to a lookup and, in
case of maps, a data load.
In order to use bindings for set updates, the loop detection checks
must be restricted to map operations only. Add a flags member to the
binding struct to hold the set "action" flags such as NFT_SET_MAP,
and perform loop detection based on these.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use atomic operations for the element count to avoid races with async
updates.
To properly handle the transactional semantics during netlink updates,
deleted but not yet committed elements are accounted for seperately and
are treated as being already removed. This means for the duration of
a netlink transaction, the limit might be exceeded by the amount of
elements deleted. Set implementations must be prepared to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fast Open has been using an experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994). This patch makes the client by default use the RFC7413
option (34) to get and send Fast Open cookies. This patch makes
the client solicit cookies from a given server first with the
RFC7413 option. If that fails to elicit a cookie, then it tries
the RFC6994 experimental option. If that also fails, it uses the
RFC7413 option on all subsequent connect attempts. If the server
returns a Fast Open cookie then the client caches the form of the
option that successfully elicited a cookie, and uses that form on
later connects when it presents that cookie.
The idea is to gradually obsolete the use of experimental options as
the servers and clients upgrade, while keeping the interoperability
meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fast Open has been using the experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994) to request and grant Fast Open cookies. This patch enables
the server to support the official IANA option 34 in RFC7413 in
addition.
The change has passed all existing Fast Open tests with both
old and new options at Google.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since Bluetooth 4.1 there are two additional values for SSP OOB data,
namely C-256 and R-256. This patch updates the EIR definitions to take
into account both the 192 and 256 bit variants of C and R.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
That was we can make sure the output path of ipv4/ipv6 operate on
the UDP socket rather than whatever random thing happens to be in
skb->sk.
Based upon a patch by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
On the output paths in particular, we have to sometimes deal with two
socket contexts. First, and usually skb->sk, is the local socket that
generated the frame.
And second, is potentially the socket used to control a tunneling
socket, such as one the encapsulates using UDP.
We do not want to disassociate skb->sk when encapsulating in order
to fix this, because that would break socket memory accounting.
The most extreme case where this can cause huge problems is an
AF_PACKET socket transmitting over a vxlan device. We hit code
paths doing checks that assume they are dealing with an ipv4
socket, but are actually operating upon the AF_PACKET one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_recv_stream_fragment function should have never been introduced
in the first place. The Bluetooth core does not need to know anything
about the HCI transport protocol.
With all transport protocol specific detailed moved back into the
drivers where they belong (mainly generic USB and UART drivers), this
function can now be removed.
This reduces the size of hci_dev structure and also removes an exported
symbol from the Bluetooth core module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The data pointer provided to hci_recv_stream_fragment function should
have been marked const. The function has no business in modifying the
original data. So fix this now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-04
Here's what's probably the last bluetooth-next pull request for 4.1:
- Fixes for LE advertising data & advertising parameters
- Fix for race condition with HCI_RESET flag
- New BNEPGETSUPPFEAT ioctl, needed for certification
- New HCI request callback type to get the resulting skb
- Cleanups to use BIT() macro wherever possible
- Consolidate Broadcom device entries in the btusb HCI driver
- Check for valid flags in CMTP, HIDP & BNEP
- Disallow local privacy & OOB data combo to prevent a potential race
- Expose SMP & ECDH selftest results through debugfs
- Expose current Device ID info through debugfs
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions
in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not consult skb->sk for output decisions in xmit recursion
levels > 0 in the stack. Otherwise local socket settings could influence
the result of e.g. tunnel encapsulation process.
ipv6 does not conform with this in three places:
1) ip6_fragment: we do consult ipv6_npinfo for frag_size
2) sk_mc_loop in ipv6 uses skb->sk and checks if we should
loop the packet back to the local socket
3) ip6_skb_dst_mtu could query the settings from the user socket and
force a wrong MTU
Furthermore:
In sk_mc_loop we could potentially land in WARN_ON(1) if we use a
PF_PACKET socket ontop of an IPv6-backed vxlan device.
Reuse xmit_recursion as we are currently only interested in protecting
tunnel devices.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to specification etsi 102 622 chapter 4.4 pipes
identifier is 7 bits long giving a 127 possible pipes value.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to etsi 102 622 chapter 11.2.2.4 EVT_TRANSACTION,
the nfc_evt_transaction parameters can be 0 up to 255 byte long.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to specification etsi 102 622 chapter 4.4 pipes identifier
is 7 bits long giving a 127 possible pipes value.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
That way we don't have to reinstantiate another nf_hook_state
on the stack of the nf_reinject() path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's a HCI request API available where the callback receives
the resulting skb, we can convert the local OOB data reading to use this
new API. This patch does the necessary update in mgmt.c (which also
requires moving the callback higher up since it's now a static function)
and removes the custom calls from hci_event.c that are no-longer
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_req_pending() function has no users anymore, so simply remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the synchronous HCI requests use the new API and a new private
variable the recv_evt member of hci_dev is no-longer needed. This patch
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there's an API in place that allows passing the resulting skb
to the request callback we can conveniently convert the hci_req_sync and
related functions to use it. Since we still need to get the skb from the
async callback into the sleeping _sync() function the patch adds another
req_skb variable to hci_dev where the sync request state is tracked.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a second possible callback for HCI requests where the
callback will receive the full skb of the last successfully completed
HCI command. This API is useful for cases where we want to use a request
to read some data and the existing hci_event.c handlers do not store it
e.g. in the hci_dev struct.
The reason the patch is a bit bigger than just adding the new API is
because the hci_req_cmd_complete() functions required some refactoring
to enable it: now hci_req_cmd_complete() is simply used to request the
callback pointers if any, and the actual calling of them happens from a
single place at the end of hci_event_packet(). The reason for this is
that we need to pass the original skb (without any skb_pull, etc
modifications done to it) and it's simplest to keep track of it within
the hci_event_packet() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which
they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues
short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs.
The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver -
queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by
calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue
management later without changing drivers using this code.
This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU
aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for element timeouts to nft_hash. The lookup and walking
functions are changed to ignore timed out elements, a periodic garbage
collection task cleans out expired entries.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
GC is expected to happen asynchrously to the netlink interface. In the
netlink path, both insertion and removal of elements consist of two
steps, insertion followed by activation or deactivation followed by
removal, during which the element must not be freed by GC.
The synchronization helpers use an unused bit in the genmask field to
atomically mark an element as "busy", meaning it is either currently
being handled through the netlink API or by GC.
Elements being processed by GC will never survive, netlink will simply
ignore them. Elements being currently processed through netlink will be
skipped by GC and reprocessed during the next run.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helpers for GC batch destruction: since element destruction needs
a RCU grace period for all set implementations, add some helper functions
for asynchronous batch destruction. Elements are collected in a batch
structure, which is asynchronously released using RCU once its full.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add API support for set element timeouts. Elements can have a individual
timeout value specified, overriding the sets' default.
Two new extension types are used for timeouts - the timeout value and
the expiration time. The timeout value only exists if it differs from
the default value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add set timeout support to the netlink API. Sets with timeout support
enabled can have a default timeout value and garbage collection interval
specified.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and
get rid of the typecasting.
Modifying the uapi header is okay, the union has still the same size.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and get rid
of the typecasting.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to shrink the size of bt_skb_cb, this patch moves the HCI
request related variables into their own req_ctrl struct. Additionall
the L2CAP and HCI request structs are placed inside the same union since
they will never be used at the same time for the same skb.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're getting very close to the maximum possible size of bt_skb_cb. To
prepare to shrink the struct with the help of a union this patch moves
all L2CAP related variables into the l2cap_ctrl struct. To later add
other 'ctrl' structs the L2CAP one is renamed simple 'l2cap' instead
of 'control'.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless
if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable
track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check
in the TX path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS
connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory
classes IE is missing from the setup request.
Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it
to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current
regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the
compatibility issue.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason
of the deauth.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
Basically, nf_tables updates to add the set extension infrastructure and finish
the transaction for sets from Patrick McHardy. More specifically, they are:
1) Move netns to basechain and use recently added possible_net_t, from
Patrick McHardy.
2) Use LOGLEVEL_<FOO> from nf_log infrastructure, from Joe Perches.
3) Restore nf_log_trace that was accidentally removed during conflict
resolution.
4) nft_queue does not depend on NETFILTER_XTABLES, starting from here
all patches from Patrick McHardy.
5) Use raw_smp_processor_id() in nft_meta.
Then, several patches to prepare ground for the new set extension
infrastructure:
6) Pass object length to the hash callback in rhashtable as needed by
the new set extension infrastructure.
7) Cleanup patch to restore struct nft_hash as wrapper for struct
rhashtable
8) Another small source code readability cleanup for nft_hash.
9) Convert nft_hash to rhashtable callbacks.
And finally...
10) Add the new set extension infrastructure.
11) Convert the nft_hash and nft_rbtree sets to use it.
12) Batch set element release to avoid several RCU grace period in a row
and add new function nft_set_elem_destroy() to consolidate set element
release.
13) Return the set extension data area from nft_lookup.
14) Refactor existing transaction code to add some helper functions
and document it.
15) Complete the set transaction support, using similar approach to what we
already use, to activate/deactivate elements in an atomic fashion.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 1fb6f159fd ("tcp: add tcp_conn_request"),
tcp_syn_flood_action() is no longer used from IPv6.
We can make it static, by moving it above tcp_conn_request()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set elements are the last object type not supporting transaction support.
Implement similar to the existing rule transactions:
The global transaction counter keeps track of two generations, current
and next. Each element contains a bitmask specifying in which generations
it is inactive.
New elements start out as inactive in the current generation and active
in the next. On commit, the previous next generation becomes the current
generation and the element becomes active. The bitmask is then cleared
to indicate that the element is active in all future generations. If the
transaction is aborted, the element is removed from the set before it
becomes active.
When removing an element, it gets marked as inactive in the next generation.
On commit the next generation becomes active and the therefor the element
inactive. It is then taken out of then set and released. On abort, the
element is marked as active for the next generation again.
Lookups ignore elements not active in the current generation.
The current set types (hash/rbtree) both use a field in the extension area
to store the generation mask. This (currently) does not require any
additional memory since we have some free space in there.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add some helper functions for building the genmask as preparation for
set transactions.
Also add a little documentation how this stuff actually works.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Return the extension area from the ->lookup() function to allow to
consolidate common actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With the conversion to set extensions, it is now possible to consolidate
the different set element destruction functions.
The set implementations' ->remove() functions are changed to only take
the element out of their internal data structures. Elements will be freed
in a batched fashion after the global transaction's completion RCU grace
period.
This reduces the amount of grace periods required for nft_hash from N
to zero additional ones, additionally this guarantees that the set
elements' extensions of all implementations can be used under RCU
protection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A simple forward for firmware download (i.e. sending a new firmware
to the NFC adapter) from the NFC subsystem to the drivers.
This feature is required to update the firmware of NXP-NCI NFC
controllers but can be used by any NCI driver.
This feature has been present in the HCI subsystem since 9a695d.
Signed-off-by: Clément Perrochaud <clement.perrochaud@effinnov.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds macro definitions for possible advertising instance
flags that can be passed to the "Add Advertising" command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
struct kiocb now is a generic I/O container, so move it to fs.h.
Also do a #include diet for aio.h while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The set implementations' private struct will only contain the elements
needed to maintain the search structure, all other elements are moved
to the set extensions.
Element allocation and initialization is performed centrally by
nf_tables_api instead of by the different set implementations'
->insert() functions. A new "elemsize" member in the set ops specifies
the amount of memory to reserve for internal usage. Destruction
will also be moved out of the set implementations by a following patch.
Except for element allocation, the patch is a simple conversion to
using data from the extension area.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add simple set extension infrastructure for maintaining variable sized
and optional per element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the declaration for external variables to sctp.h file avoiding
to repeatedly declare them with extern keyword.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace is only needed for base chains to get at the
gencursor. Also convert to possible_net_t.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With request socks convergence, we no longer need
different lookup methods. A request socket can
use generic lookup function.
Add const qualifier to 2nd tcp_v[46]_md5_lookup() parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since request and established sockets now have same base,
there is no need to pass two pointers to tcp_v4_md5_hash_skb()
or tcp_v6_md5_hash_skb()
Also add a const qualifier to their struct tcp_md5sig_key argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is specified by RFC 7217.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DAD conflict is detected, we want to retry privacy stable address
generation up to idgen_retries (= 3) times with a delay of idgen_delay
(= 1 second). Add the logic to addrconf_dad_failure.
By design, we don't clean up dad failed permanent addresses.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements support for the timeout parameter of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a new data structure to represent advertising
instances that were added using the "Add Advertising" mgmt command.
Initially an hci_dev structure will support only one of these instances
at a time, so the current instance is simply stored as a direct member
of hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the HCI_ADVERTISING_INSTANCE setting, which is set
when an at least one advertising instance has been added using the
"Add Advertising" mgmt command. This patch also adds a macro definition
for the EIR_APPEARANCE field type.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds definitions for the Add Advertising and Remove
Advertising MGMT commands and events.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
tcp_v4_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
New tcp_req_err() helper is exported so that we can use it in IPv6
in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a low hanging fruit, as we'll get rid of syn_wait_lock eventually.
We hold syn_wait_lock for such small sections, that it makes no sense to use
a read/write lock. A spin lock is simply faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not needed, and req->sk_listener points to the listener anyway.
request_sock argument can be const.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing initialization of tuple structure in nfnetlink_cthelper
to avoid mismatches when looking up to attach userspace helpers to
flows, from Ian Wilson.
2) Fix potential crash in nft_hash when we hit -EAGAIN in
nft_hash_walk(), from Herbert Xu.
3) We don't need to indicate the hook information to update the
basechain default policy in nf_tables.
4) Restore tracing over nfnetlink_log due to recent rework to
accomodate logging infrastructure into nf_tables.
5) Fix wrong IP6T_INV_PROTO check in xt_TPROXY.
6) Set IP6T_F_PROTO flag in nft_compat so we can use SYNPROXY6 and
REJECT6 from xt over nftables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We send unicast neighbor (ARP or NDP) solicitations ucast_probes
times in PROBE state. Zhu Yanjun reported that some implementation
does not reply against them and the entry will become FAILED, which
is undesirable.
We had been dealt with such nodes by sending multicast probes mcast_
solicit times after unicast probes in PROBE state. In 2003, I made
a change not to send them to improve compatibility with IPv6 NDP.
Let's introduce per-protocol per-interface sysctl knob "mcast_
reprobe" to configure the number of multicast (re)solicitation for
reconfirmation in PROBE state. The default is 0, since we have
been doing so for 10+ years.
Reported-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
CC: Ulf Samuelsson <ulf.samuelsson@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc action by extending
its scope also to native eBPF code!
Together with commit e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support
for programmable classifiers") this adds the facility to implement fully
flexible classifier and actions for tc that can be implemented in a C
subset in user space, "safely" loaded into the kernel, and being run in
native speed when JITed.
Also, since eBPF maps can be shared between eBPF programs, it offers the
possibility that cls_bpf and act_bpf can share data 1) between themselves
and 2) between user space applications. That means that, f.e. customized
runtime statistics can be collected in user space, but also more importantly
classifier and action behaviour could be altered based on map input from
the user space application.
For the remaining details on the workflow and integration, see the cls_bpf
commit e2e9b6541d. Preliminary iproute2 part can be found under [1].
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf-act
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_ack_backlog & sk_max_ack_backlog were 16bit fields, meaning
listen() backlog was limited to 65535.
It is time to increase the width to allow much bigger backlog,
if admins change /proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn &
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog default values.
Tested:
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog
Ran a SYNFLOOD test against a listener using listen(fd, 5000000)
myhost~# grep request_sock_TCP /proc/slabinfo
request_sock_TCP 4185642 4411940 304 13 1 : tunables 54 27 8 : slabdata 339380 339380 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the major issue for TCP is the SYNACK rtx handling,
done by inet_csk_reqsk_queue_prune(), fired by the keepalive
timer of a TCP_LISTEN socket.
This function runs for awful long times, with socket lock held,
meaning that other cpus needing this lock have to spin for hundred of ms.
SYNACK are sent in huge bursts, likely to cause severe drops anyway.
This model was OK 15 years ago when memory was very tight.
We now can afford to have a timer per request sock.
Timer invocations no longer need to lock the listener,
and can be run from all cpus in parallel.
With following patch increasing somaxconn width to 32 bits,
I tested a listener with more than 4 million active request sockets,
and a steady SYNFLOOD of ~200,000 SYN per second.
Host was sending ~830,000 SYNACK per second.
This is ~100 times more what we could achieve before this patch.
Later, we will get rid of the listener hash and use ehash instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When request sock are put in ehash table, the whole notion
of having a previous request to update dl_next is pointless.
Also, following patch will get rid of big purge timer,
so we want to delete a request sock without holding listener lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fab4085 ("netfilter: log: nf_log_packet() as real unified
interface"), the loginfo structure that is passed to nf_log_packet() is
used to explicitly indicate the logger type you want to use.
This is a problem for people tracing rules through nfnetlink_log since
packets are always routed to the NF_LOG_TYPE logger after the
aforementioned patch.
We can fix this by removing the trace loginfo structures, but that still
changes the log level from 4 to 5 for tracing messages and there may be
someone relying on this outthere. So let's just introduce a new
nf_log_trace() function that restores the former behaviour.
Reported-by: Markus Kötter <koetter@rrzn.uni-hannover.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to use sk_ehashfn() for request socks,
we need to initialize their IPv6/IPv4 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now always call __inet_hash_nolisten(), no need to pass it
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now use inet_hash() and __inet_hash() instead of private
functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intent is to converge IPv4 & IPv6 inet_hash functions to
factorize code.
IPv4 sockets initialize sk_rcv_saddr and sk_v6_daddr
in this patch, thanks to new sk_daddr_set() and sk_rcv_saddr_set()
helpers.
__inet6_hash can now use sk_ehashfn() instead of a private
inet6_sk_ehashfn() and will simply use __inet_hash() in a
following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goal is to unify IPv4/IPv6 inet_hash handling, and use common helpers
for all kind of sockets (full sockets, timewait and request sockets)
inet_sk_ehashfn() becomes sk_ehashfn() but still only copes with IPv4
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifiers ease code review by making clear
which objects are not written in a function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing last patch series, I found req sock refcounting was wrong.
We must set skc_refcnt to 1 for all request socks added in hashes,
but also on request sockets created by FastOpen or syncookies.
It is tricky because we need to defer this initialization so that
future RCU lookups do not try to take a refcount on a not yet
fully initialized request socket.
Also get rid of ireq_refcnt alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 13854e5a60 ("inet: add proper refcounting to request sock")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we'll be able to lookup request sockets in ehash table,
we'll need to get access to listener which created this request.
This avoid doing a lookup to find the listener, which benefits
for a more solid SO_REUSEPORT, and is needed once we no
longer queue request sock into a listener private queue.
Note that 'struct tcp_request_sock'->listener could be reduced
to a single bit, as TFO listener should match req->rsk_listener.
TFO will no longer need to hold a reference on the listener.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_reqsk_alloc() is becoming fat and should not be inlined.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
listener socket can be used to set net pointer, and will
be later used to hold a reference on listener.
Add a const qualifier to first argument (struct request_sock_ops *),
and factorize all write_pnet(&ireq->ireq_net, sock_net(sk));
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_oow_rate_limited() is hardly used in fast path, there is
no point inlining it.
Signed-of-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This big helper is called once from tcp_conn_request(), there is no
point having it in an include. Compiler will inline it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, we can save 8 bytes in inet_request_sock
by moving ir_mark to fill a hole.
While we are at it, inet_request_mark() can get a const qualifier
for listener socket.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt.c file should be reserved purely for HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. The
mgmt_control() function in it is already completely generic and has a
single user in hci_sock.c. This patch moves the function there and
renames it a bit more appropriately to hci_mgmt_cmd() (as it's a command
dispatcher).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make the mgmt command handling more generic we can't have a
direct call to mgmt_init_hdev() from mgmt_control(). This patch adds a
new callback to struct hci_mgmt_chan. And sets it to point to the
mgmt_init_hdev() function for the HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL instance.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to have access to which HCI channel a socket is bound to, in
order to manage pending mgmt commands in clean way. This patch adds a
helper for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some controllers allow both LE scan and BR/EDR inquiry to run at
the same time, while others allow only one, LE SCAN or BR/EDR
inquiry at given time.
Since this is specific to each controller, add a new quirk setting
that allows drivers to tell the core wether given controller can
do both LE scan and BR/EDR inquiry at same time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a different user requests a new set of local out-of-band data, then
inform all previous users that the data has been updated. To limit the
scope of users, the updates are limited to previous users. If a user has
never requested out-of-band data, it will also not see the update.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2015-03-16
1) Fix the network header offset in _decode_session6
when multiple IPv6 extension headers are present.
From Hajime Tazaki.
2) Fix an interfamily tunnel crash. We set outer mode
protocol too early and may dispatch to the wrong
address family. Move the setting of the outer mode
protocol behind the last accessing of the inner mode
to fix the crash.
3) Most callers of xfrm_lookup() expect that dst_orig
is released on error. But xfrm_lookup_route() may
need dst_orig to handle certain error cases. So
introduce a flag that tells what should be done in
case of error. From Huaibin Wang.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_put() is the generic function that should be used
to release a refcount (and automatically call reqsk_free())
reqsk_free() might be called if refcount is known to be 0
or undefined.
refcnt is set to one in inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add()
As request socks are not yet in global ehash table,
I added temporary debugging checks in reqsk_put() and reqsk_free()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many places where we want to check if a socket is
not a timewait or request socket. Use a helper to avoid
hard coding this.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The LE Secure Connections Confirmation Value and LE Secure Connections
Random Value contants are required for the out-of-band data and so
just define them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with
the right handle.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB connection flag is used to indicate if the
pairing initiator has provided out-of-band data. However since that
value is no longer used in any decision making, just remove it.
It is actually unclear what purpose the OOB data present field from
the HCI IO Capability Response event serves in the first place. If
either side provided out-of-band data, then that data will be used
for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As discussed at netconf, introduce swdev_ops as first step to move switchdev
ops from ndo to swdev. This will keep switchdev from cluttering up ndo ops
space.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Local OOB
Extended Data management command. It includes all mandatory fields,
but none of the actual pairing related ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The OOB data requires to include LE Bluetooth Device Address and LE Role
and so add the type constants for these fields.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Advertising
Features management command. It allows basic testing of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The flags for the management command table used manual encoding of
bits in the form of (1 << n). It is however preferred to use BIT(n)
macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changes to the global configuration updates like settings, class of
device, name etc. can be received by every user. They are allowed to
read them in the first place so provide the updates via events as
well. Otherwise untrusted users start polling for updates and that
is not a desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Check the required trust level of each management command with the trust
level of the management socket. If it does not match up, then return the
newly introduced permission denied error.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some management commands are safe to be accessed from any user without
special permissions. First step for allowing access to any of these
commands from untrusted application is to mark them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The management interface will need access to the socket flags and so
provide a helper function for checking them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of trusted socket flag for control and monitor
channels, it is now possible to use a single function for sending
packets to these sockets. And with that consolidate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing a global trusted flag for management control sockets provides
an easy way for identifying sockets and imposing restriction on it. For
now all management sockets are trusted since they require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read Extended Contoller Index List command can be used for
retrieving the complete list of local available controllers. This
included configured, unconfigured and also AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This introduces support for using Extended Index Added and Extended
Index Removed events. These events contain the controller type and
also the hardware bus information from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For sending Index Added, Index Removed, Unconfigured Index Added and
Unconfigured Index Removed managment events the new helper functions
allows taking into account if these events are enabled for a certain
management socket or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_flagged_channel helper function can be used to send
packets to all channels that have a certain HCI socket flag set.
This is especially useful for managment events that are limited to
sockets that have first enabled certain functionality. This allows
for filtering of events without confusing existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To filter out certain actions for certain HCI sockets introcuce a flags
field that allows to configure specific settings on individual sockets.
Since the hci_pinfo structure is private in hci_sock.c, provide helper
functions for setting and clearing a given flag.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the extension of hdev->dev_flags utilizing a bitmap now, the space
is no longer restricted. Merge the hdev->dbg_flags into hdev->dev_flags
to save space on 64-bit architectures. On 32-bit architectures no size
reduction happens.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
commit dfd8645ea1 wrongly assumes that VXLAN_VDI_MASK includes
eight lower order reserved bits of VNI field that are using for remote
checksum offload.
Right now, when VNI number greater then 0xffff, vxlan_udp_encap_recv()
will always return with 'bad_flag' error, reducing the usable vni range
from 0..16777215 to 0..65535. Also, it doesn't really check whether RCO
bits processed or not.
Fix it by adding new VNI mask which has all 32 bits of VNI field:
24 bits for id and 8 bits for other usage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hdev->dev_flags field has outgrown itself on 32-bit systems. So
instead of hacking around it, switch to using DECLARE_BITMAP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_test_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The patch adds a second advertising setting that allows switching of the
controller into connectable mode independent of the global connectable
setting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that all of the operations are safe on a single hash table
accross network namespaces, allocate a single global hash table
and update the code to use it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before inserting request socks into general hash table,
fill their socket family.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() & sock_gen_put() should be ready to cope with request socks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When request socks will be in ehash, they'll need to be refcounted.
This patch adds rsk_refcnt/ireq_refcnt macros, and adds
reqsk_put() function, but nothing yet use them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to identify request sock when they'll be visible in
global ehash table.
ireq_state is an alias to req.__req_common.skc_state.
Its value is set to TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_SYN_RECV state is currently used by fast open sockets.
Initial TCP requests (the pseudo sockets created when a SYN is received)
are not yet associated to a state. They are attached to their parent,
and the parent is in TCP_LISTEN state.
This commit adds TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV state, so that we can convert
TCP stack to a different schem gradually.
This state is not exported to user space.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to update dccp_v6_conn_request() & cookie_v6_check().
They both need to set ireq->ireq_net and ireq->ir_cookie
Lets clear ireq->ir_cookie in inet_reqsk_alloc()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 33cf7c90fe ("net: add real socket cookies")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having to say
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
in structures is a little bit wordy and a little bit error prone.
Instead it is possible to say:
> typedef struct {
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
> } possible_net_t;
And then in a header say:
> possible_net_t net;
Which is cleaner and easier to use and easier to test, as the
possible_net_t is always there no matter what the compile options.
Further this allows read_pnet and write_pnet to be functions in all
cases which is better at catching typos.
This change adds possible_net_t, updates the definitions of read_pnet
and write_pnet, updates optional struct net * variables that
write_pnet uses on to have the type possible_net_t, and finally fixes
up the b0rked users of read_pnet and write_pnet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hold_net and release_net were an idea that turned out to be useless.
The code has been disabled since 2008. Kill the code it is long past due.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flags are used in the return path rather than the return patch.
Fixes: af33c1adae ("vxlan: Eliminate dependency on UDP socket in transmit path")
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long standing problem in netlink socket dumps is the use
of kernel socket addresses as cookies.
1) It is a security concern.
2) Sockets can be reused quite quickly, so there is
no guarantee a cookie is used once and identify
a flow.
3) request sock, establish sock, and timewait socks
for a given flow have different cookies.
Part of our effort to bring better TCP statistics requires
to switch to a different allocator.
In this patch, I chose to use a per network namespace 64bit generator,
and to use it only in the case a socket needs to be dumped to netlink.
(This might be refined later if needed)
Note that I tried to carry cookies from request sock, to establish sock,
then timewait sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to collapse local and main into one by converting
tb_data from an array to a pointer. Doing this allows us to point the
local table into the main while maintaining the same variables in the
table.
As such the tb_data was converted from an array to a pointer, and a new
array called data is added in order to still provide an object for tb_data
to point to.
In order to track the origin of the fib aliases a tb_id value was added in
a hole that existed on 64b systems. Using this we can also reverse the
merge in the event that custom FIB rules are enabled.
With this patch I am seeing an improvement of 20ns to 30ns for routing
lookups as long as custom rules are not enabled, with custom rules enabled
we fall back to split tables and the original behavior.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the behavior predictable when attempting to pair with a device
for which we already have a Link Key or Long Term Key, this patch adds a
new 'Already Paired' error which gets sent in such a scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To maximize the usability of the Fast Connectable feature we should make
it possible to set (or unset) it at any given moment. This means
removing the dependency on the 'connectable' setting as well as the
'powered' setting. The former makes also sense since page scan may get
enabled through add_device even if 'connectable' is false. To keep the
setting available over power cycles its flag also needs to be removed
from the flags that are cleared upon HCI_Reset.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net-next
The following batch contains a couple of fixes to address some fallout
from the previous pull request, they are:
1) Address link problems in the bridge code after e5de75b. Fix it by
using rcu hook to address to avoid ifdef pollution and hard
dependency between bridge and br_netfilter.
2) Address sparse warnings in the netfilter reject code, patch from
Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ shows following:
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: cast from restricted __be16
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:121:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:168:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:233:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
Caused by two (harmless) errors:
1. htons() instead of ntohs()
2. __be16 for protocol in nf_reject_ipXhdr_put API, use u8 instead.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass in the netlink flags (NLM_F_*) into switchdev driver for IPv4 FIB add op
to allow driver to 1) optimize hardware updates, 2) handle ip route prepend
and append commands correctly.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that
match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for
network devices backed by a pci_device for instance.
of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the
struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer.
For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in
dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
Overlapping changes in macb driver, mostly fixes and cleanups
in 'net' overlapping with the integration of at91_ether into
macb in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After my change to neigh_hh_init to obtain the protocol from the
neigh_table there are no more users of protocol in struct dst_ops.
Remove the protocol field from dst_ops and all of it's initializers.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, improvements for the packet rejection infrastructure,
deprecation of CLUSTERIP, cleanups for nf_tables and some untangling for
br_netfilter. More specifically they are:
1) Send packet to reset flow if checksum is valid, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix nf_tables reject bridge from the input chain, also from Florian.
3) Deprecate the CLUSTERIP target, the cluster match supersedes it in
functionality and it's known to have problems.
4) A couple of cleanups for nf_tables rule tracing infrastructure, from
Patrick McHardy.
5) Another cleanup to place transaction declarations at the bottom of
nf_tables.h, also from Patrick.
6) Consolidate Kconfig dependencies wrt. NF_TABLES.
7) Limit table names to 32 bytes in nf_tables.
8) mac header copying in bridge netfilter is already required when
calling ip_fragment(), from Florian Westphal.
9) move nf_bridge_update_protocol() to br_netfilter.c, also from
Florian.
10) Small refactor in br_netfilter in the transmission path, again from
Florian.
11) Move br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow() to br_netfilter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel automatically creates a tp for each
(kind, protocol, priority) tuple, which has handle 0,
when we add a new filter, but it still is left there
after we remove our own, unless we don't specify the
handle (literally means all the filters under
the tuple). For example this one is left:
# tc filter show dev eth0
filter parent 8001: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
The user-space is hard to clean up these for kernel
because filters like u32 are organized in a complex way.
So kernel is responsible to remove it after all filters
are gone. Each type of filter has its own way to
store the filters, so each type has to provide its
way to check if all filters are gone.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim<jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with
neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family
as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in 802.1Qau spec. Add this optional attribute to the
DCB netlink layer. To allow for application to use the new attribute,
NIC drivers should implement and register the callbacks ieee_getqcn,
ieee_setqcn and ieee_getqcnstats.
The QCN attribute holds a set of parameters for management, and
a set of statistics to provide informative data on Congestion-Control
defined by this spec.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shachar Raindel <raindel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building without CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV,
netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort is defined in the header file. It must
be static inline to avoid build failure at link time.
Fixes: 8e05fd7166 ("fib: hook IPv4 fib for hardware offload")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per RFC4821 7.3. Selecting Probe Size, a probe timer should
be armed once probing has converged. Once this timer expired,
probing again to take advantage of any path PMTU change. The
recommended probing interval is 10 minutes per RFC1981. Probing
interval could be sysctled by sysctl_tcp_probe_interval.
Eric Dumazet suggested to implement pseudo timer based on 32bits
jiffies tcp_time_stamp instead of using classic timer for such
rare event.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current probe_size is chosen by doubling mss_cache,
the probing process will end shortly with a sub-optimal
mss size, and the link mtu will not be taken full
advantage of, in return, this will make user to tweak
tcp_base_mss with care.
Use binary search to choose probe_size in a fine
granularity manner, an optimal mss will be found
to boost performance as its maxmium.
In addition, introduce a sysctl_tcp_probe_threshold
to control when probing will stop in respect to
the width of search range.
Test env:
Docker instance with vxlan encapuslation(82599EB)
iperf -c 10.0.0.24 -t 60
before this patch:
1.26 Gbits/sec
After this patch: increase 26%
1.59 Gbits/sec
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quotes from RFC4821 7.2. Selecting Initial Values
It is RECOMMENDED that search_low be initially set to an MTU size
that is likely to work over a very wide range of environments. Given
today's technologies, a value of 1024 bytes is probably safe enough.
The initial value for search_low SHOULD be configurable.
Moreover, set a small value will introduce extra time for the search
to converge. So set the initial probe base mss size to 1024 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other users users of the neighbour table use neigh->output as the method
to decided when and which link-layer header to place on a packet.
DECnet has been using neigh->output to decide which DECnet headers to
place on a packet depending which neighbour the packet is destined for.
The DECnet usage isn't totally wrong but it can run into problems if the
neighbour output function is run for a second time as the teql driver
and the bridge netfilter code can do.
Therefore to avoid pathologic problems later down the line and make the
neighbour code easier to understand by refactoring the decnet output
code to only use a neighbour method to add a link layer header to a
packet.
This is done by moving the neigbhour operations lookup from
dn_to_neigh_output to dn_neigh_output_packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to completely generalize the mgmt command handling we need to
move away command-specific information from mgmt_control() into the
actual command table. This patch adds a new 'flags' field to the handler
entries which can now contain the following command specific
information:
- Command takes variable length parameters
- Command doesn't target any specific HCI device
- Command can be sent when the HCI device is unconfigured
After this the mgmt_control() function is completely generic and can
potentially be reused by new HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the existing mgmt code to use the newly introduced
generic API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like semantics.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like
semantics. For now the only user will be HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL, but e.g.
6lowpan is intended to use this as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently it is not possible to determine if the static address is used
by the controller. It is also not possible to determine if using a
static on a dual-mode controller with disabled BR/EDR is possible or
not.
To address this issue, introduce a new setting called static-address. If
support for this setting is signaled that means that the kernel supports
using static addresses. And if used on dual-mode controllers with BR/EDR
disabled it means that a configured static address can be used.
In addition utilize the same setting for the list of current active
settings that indicates if a static address is configured and if that
address will be actually used.
With this in mind the existing Set Static Address management command
has been extended to return the current settings. That way the caller
of that command can easily determine if the programmed address will
be used or if extra steps are required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Call into the switchdev driver any time an IPv4 fib entry is
added/modified/deleted from the kernel's FIB. The switchdev driver may or
may not install the route to the offload device. In the case where the
driver tries to install the route and something goes wrong (device's routing
table is full, etc), then all of the offloaded routes will be flushed from the
device, route forwarding falls back to the kernel, and no more routes are
offloading.
We can refine this logic later. For now, use the simplist model of offloading
routes up to the point of failure, and then on failure, undo everything and
mark IPv4 offloading disabled.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If something goes wrong with IPv4 FIB offload, mark entire net offload
disabled. This is brute force policy to basically shut down IPv4 FIB offload
permanently if there is a problem offloading any route to an external device.
We can refine the policy in the future, to handle failures on a per-device or
per-route basis, but for now, this policy is per-net.
What we're trying to avoid is an inconsistent split between the kernel's FIB
and the offload device's FIB. We don't want the device to fwd a pkt
inconsitent with what the kernel would do. An example of a split is if device
has 10.0.0.0/16 and kernel has 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.0.0.0/24, the device wouldn't
see the longest prefix 10.0.0.0/24 and potentially forward pkts incorrectly.
Limited capacity or limited capability are two ways a route may fail to install
to the offload device. We'll not differentiate between failures at this time,
and treat any failure as fatal and mark the net as fib_offload_disabled.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep switchdev FIB offload model simple for now and don't allow custom ip
rules.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv4 fib ndo wrapper funcs and stub them out for now.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transaction related definitions are squeezed in between the rule
and expression definitions, which are closely related and should be
next to each other. The transaction definitions actually don't belong
into that file at all since it defines the global objects and API and
transactions are internal to nf_tables_api, but for now simply move
them to a seperate section.
Similar, the chain types are in between a set of registration functions,
they belong to the chain section.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xt_cluster supersedes ipt_CLUSTERIP since it can be also used in
gateway configurations (not only from the backend side).
ipt_CLUSTER is also known to leak the netdev that it uses on
device removal, which requires a rather large fix to workaround
the problem: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/358629/
So let's deprecate this so we can probably kill code this in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch fixes service discovery behaviour, when provided uuid filter
is empty and HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER is set. Before this
patch, empty uuid filter was unable to trigger scan restart, and that
caused inconsistent behaviour in applications.
Example: two DBus clients call BlueZ, one to find all devices with
service abcd, second to find all devices with rssi smaller than -90.
Sum of those filters, that is passed to mgmt_service_scan is empty
filter, with no rssi or uuids set.
That caused kernel not to restart scan when quirk was set.
That was inconsistent with what happen when there's only one of those
two filters set (scan is restarted and reports devices).
To fix that, new variable hdev->discovery.result_filtering was
introduced. It can indicate that filtered scan is running, no matter
what uuid or rssi filter is set.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The fib_table was wrapped in several places with an
rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock however after looking over the code I found
several spots where the tables were being accessed as just standard
pointers without any protections. This change fixes that so that all of
the proper protections are in place when accessing the table to take RCU
replacement or removal of the table into account.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN is defined to 256, however we only have a u8
to store its size. Introduce a struct nft_userdata which contains a
length field and indicate its presence using a single bit in the rule.
The length field of struct nft_userdata is also a u8, however we don't
store zero sized data, so the actual length is udata->len + 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces
that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state
after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took
place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty".
Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag.
This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive
APIs remains the same.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0
mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding
any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users.
The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense
table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and
is extremely simple and efficient to implement.
This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label
table size userspace applications need to cope with.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING.
The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received
from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and
forward the packet on.
Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This
implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that
can pass over essentially any network.
What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call
net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label
Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the
label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid.
Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032.
There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong
discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence
the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and
replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified
interface to it's next hop.
Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them
are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet
is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the
packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic
class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over
MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols.
Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and
sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for
which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac
address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS
such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is
appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented
at some point.
Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace.
Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit
endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract
the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format
mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit
label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally
everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing
to and reading from a packet.
For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out
an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly
if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL
(so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label
are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows
the kernel label table to function as the definitive source
of which labels are allocated and which are not.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For MPLS I am building the code so that either the neighbour mac
address can be specified or we can have a next hop in ipv4 or ipv6.
The kind of next hop we have is indicated by the neighbour table
pointer. A neighbour table pointer of NULL is a link layer address.
A non-NULL neighbour table pointer indicates which neighbour table and
thus which address family the next hop address is in that we need to
look up.
The code either sends a packet directly or looks up the appropriate
neighbour table entry and sends the packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at the mpls code I found myself writing yet another
version of neigh_lookup_noref. We currently have __ipv4_lookup_noref
and __ipv6_lookup_noref.
So to make my work a little easier and to make it a smidge easier to
verify/maintain the mpls code in the future I stopped and wrote
___neigh_lookup_noref. Then I rewote __ipv4_lookup_noref and
__ipv6_lookup_noref in terms of this new function. I tested my new
version by verifying that the same code is generated in
ip_finish_output2 and ip6_finish_output2 where these functions are
inlined.
To get to ___neigh_lookup_noref I added a new neighbour cache table
function key_eq. So that the static size of the key would be
available.
I also added __neigh_lookup_noref for people who want to to lookup
a neighbour table entry quickly but don't know which neibhgour table
they are going to look up.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.
Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.
Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.
Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do. This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.
Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and
DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context
if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received.
It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the
driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example,
to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun.
IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and
sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will
use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.
These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.
This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
tcp resets are never emitted if the packet that triggers the
reject/reset has an invalid checksum.
For icmp error responses there was no such check.
It allows to distinguish icmp response generated via
iptables -I INPUT -p udp --dport 42 -j REJECT
and those emitted by network stack (won't respond if csum is invalid,
REJECT does).
Arguably its possible to avoid this by using conntrack and only
using REJECT with -m conntrack NEW/RELATED.
However, this doesn't work when connection tracking is not in use
or when using nf_conntrack_checksum=0.
Furthermore, sending errors in response to invalid csums doesn't make
much sense so just add similar test as in nf_send_reset.
Validate csum if needed and only send the response if it is ok.
Reference: http://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1169829
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Add protocol to neigh_tbl so that dst->ops->protocol is not needed
- Acquire the device from neigh->dev
This results in a neigh_hh_init that will cache the samve values
regardless of the packets flowing through it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more callers so kill this function.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only caller is now is ax25_neigh_construct so move
neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c make it static and rename it
ax25_neigh_output.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets. Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is in ax25_ip.c so stop exporting these functions.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
A small batch with accumulated updates in nf-next, mostly IPVS updates,
they are:
1) Add 64-bits stats counters to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
2) Move NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE out of NETFILTER_ADVANCED as docker
seem to require this, from Anton Blanchard.
3) Use boolean instead of numeric value in set_match_v*(), from
coccinelle via Fengguang Wu.
4) Allows rescheduling of new connections in IPVS when port reuse is
detected, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
5) Add missing bits to support arptables extensions from nft_compat,
from Arturo Borrero.
Patrick is preparing a large batch to enhance the set infrastructure,
named expressions among other things, that should follow up soon after
this batch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 977750076d ("af_packet: add interframe drop cmsg (v6)")
unionized skb->mark and skb->dropcount in order to allow recording
of the socket drop count while maintaining struct sk_buff size.
skb->dropcount was introduced since there was no available room
in skb->cb[] in packet sockets. However, its introduction led to
the inability to export skb->mark, or any other aliased field to
userspace if so desired.
Moving the dropcount metric to skb->cb[] eliminates this problem
at the expense of 4 bytes less in skb->cb[] for protocol families
using it.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], use
a common function in order to set dropcount in struct sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[] use a common
macro in protocol families using skb->cb[] for ancillary data to
validate available room in skb->cb[].
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert boolean fields incoming and req_start to bit fields and move
force_active in order save space in bt_skb_cb in an effort to use
a portion of skb->cb[] for storing skb->dropcount.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hci_req_ctrl is never used outside of struct bt_skb_cb;
Inlining it frees 8 bytes on a 64 bit system in skb->cb[] allowing
the addition of more ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These checked wrappers are necessary for the next patch, which
will use them to avoid sending out partial scan results.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There isn't any advantage to having it as a list and by making it an hlist
we make the fib_alias more compatible with the list_info in terms of the
type of list used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Joining multicast group on ethernet level via "ip maddr" command would
not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does igmp snooping since
the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses.
Linux vxlan interfaces created via "ip link add vxlan" have the group option
that enables then to do the required join.
By extending ip address command with option "autojoin" we can get similar
functionality for openvswitch vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling
mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic. The kernel code is
structured similar to how the vxlan driver does a group join / leave.
example:
ip address add 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5 autojoin
ip address del 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the igmp v4 changes from Eric Dumazet.
959d10f6bbf6("igmp: add __ip_mc_{join|leave}_group()")
These changes are needed to perform igmp v6 join/leave while
RTNL is held.
Make ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop wrappers around
__ipv6_sock_mc_join and __ipv6_sock_mc_drop to avoid
proliferation of work queues.
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event that skb_get_hash is unable to deduce a hash
in udp_flow_src_port we use a consistent random value instead.
This is specified in GRE/UDP draft section 3.2.1:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-gre-in-udp-encap-04
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'master' parameter of the New CSRK event was recently renamed to
'type', with the old values kept for backwards compatibility as
unauthenticated local/remote keys. This patch updates the code to take
into account the two new (authenticated) values and ensures they get
used based on the security level of the connection that the respective
keys get distributed over.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.
To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:
- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update
DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).
We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.
Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when TCP/SCTP port reusing happens, IPVS will find the old
entry and use it for the new one, behaving like a forced persistence.
But if you consider a cluster with a heavy load of small connections,
such reuse will happen often and may lead to a not optimal load
balancing and might prevent a new node from getting a fair load.
This patch introduces a new sysctl, conn_reuse_mode, that allows
controlling how to proceed when port reuse is detected. The default
value will allow rescheduling of new connections only if the old entry
was in TIME_WAIT state for TCP or CLOSED for SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The Churn Detection machines detect the situation where a port is operable,
but the Actor and Partner have not attached the link to an Aggregator and
brought the link into operation within a bound time period. Under normal
operation of the LACP, agreement between Actor and Partner should be reached
very rapidly. Continued failure to reach agreement can be symptomatic of
device failure.
Actor-churn-detection state-machine
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
===================================
BEGIN=True + PortEnable=False
|
v
+------------------------+ ActorPort.Sync=True +------------------+
| ACTOR_CHURN_MONITOR | ---------------------> | NO_ACTOR_CHURN |
|========================| |==================|
| ActorChurn=False | ActorPort.Sync=False | ActorChurn=False |
| ActorChurn.Timer=Start | <--------------------- | |
+------------------------+ +------------------+
| ^
| |
ActorChurn.Timer=Expired |
| ActorPort.Sync=True
| |
| +-----------------+ |
| | ACTOR_CHURN | |
| |=================| |
+--------------> | ActorChurn=True | ------------+
| |
+-----------------+
Similar for the Partner-churn-detection.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cfpkt_iterate() function can return -EPROTO on error, but the
function is a u16 so the negative value gets truncated to a positive
unsigned short. This causes a static checker warning.
The only caller which might care is cffrml_receive(), when it's checking
the frame checksum. I modified cffrml_receive() so that it never says
-EPROTO is a valid checksum.
Also this isn't ever going to be inlined so I removed the "inline".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_send_to_control() can be made more general purpose with a small
change of passing the desired HCI channel as a parameter to it. This
allows using it for the monitor channel as well as e.g. 6lowpan in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the disconn_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_disconn_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_conn_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the connect_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_connect_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_connect_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have the custom hci_proto_auth/encrypt_cfm helpers
when the hci_cb list works equally well. This patch adds L2CAP to the
hci_cb list and makes l2cap_security_cfm a private function of
l2cap_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to be able to sleep inside the loops that iterate the
hci_cb list, so neither a spinlock, rwlock or rcu are usable. This patch
changes the lock to a mutex which permits sleeping while holding the
lock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
McHardy.
2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
only case it works for. From Vlad Yasevich.
3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
drivers. From Joe Perches.
4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
the remote checksum transformation is still present. Otherwise an
external entity might see this and apply the checksum again. From
Tom Herbert.
5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.
6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
and mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
Nomura.
8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
some bug fixes that occurred at the same time. From Jason Wang.
12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
->dellink() before unregistering the device. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
net: spelling fixes
net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
r8152: restore hw settings
hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
...
This callback allows a vendor to send the vendor specific commands
before cloing the hci interface.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_le64_to_be64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_be64_to_le64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Move memcg_socket_limit_enabled decrement to tcp_destroy_cgroup (called
from memcg_destroy_kmem -> mem_cgroup_sockets_destroy) and zap a bunch of
wrapper functions.
Although this patch moves static keys decrement from __mem_cgroup_free to
mem_cgroup_css_free, it does not introduce any functional changes, because
the keys are incremented on setting the limit (tcp or kmem), which can
only happen after successful mem_cgroup_css_online.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
dst_orig should be released on error. Function like __xfrm_route_forward()
expects that behavior.
Since a recent commit, xfrm_lookup() may also be called by xfrm_lookup_route(),
which expects the opposite.
Let's introduce a new flag (XFRM_LOOKUP_KEEP_DST_REF) to tell what should be
done in case of error.
Fixes: f92ee61982d("xfrm: Generate blackhole routes only from route lookup functions")
Signed-off-by: huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull security layer updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- Smack adds secmark support for Netfilter
- /proc/keys is now mandatory if CONFIG_KEYS=y
- TPM gets its own device class
- Added TPM 2.0 support
- Smack file hook rework (all Smack users should review this!)"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (64 commits)
cipso: don't use IPCB() to locate the CIPSO IP option
SELinux: fix error code in policydb_init()
selinux: add security in-core xattr support for pstore and debugfs
selinux: quiet the filesystem labeling behavior message
selinux: Remove unused function avc_sidcmp()
ima: /proc/keys is now mandatory
Smack: Repair netfilter dependency
X.509: silence asn1 compiler debug output
X.509: shut up about included cert for silent build
KEYS: Make /proc/keys unconditional if CONFIG_KEYS=y
MAINTAINERS: email update
tpm/tpm_tis: Add missing ifdef CONFIG_ACPI for pnp_acpi_device
smack: fix possible use after frees in task_security() callers
smack: Add missing logging in bidirectional UDS connect check
Smack: secmark support for netfilter
Smack: Rework file hooks
tpm: fix format string error in tpm-chip.c
char/tpm/tpm_crb: fix build error
smack: Fix a bidirectional UDS connect check typo
smack: introduce a special case for tmpfs in smack_d_instantiate()
...
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.
To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.
In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the IPCB() macro to get the IPv4 options is convenient, but
unfortunately NetLabel often needs to examine the CIPSO option outside
of the scope of the IP layer in the stack. While historically IPCB()
worked above the IP layer, due to the inclusion of the inet_skb_param
struct at the head of the {tcp,udp}_skb_cb structs, recent commit
971f10ec ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
reordered the tcp_skb_cb struct and invalidated this IPCB() trick.
This patch fixes the problem by creating a new function,
cipso_v4_optptr(), which locates the CIPSO option inside the IP header
without calling IPCB(). Unfortunately, this isn't as fast as a simple
lookup so some additional tweaks were made to limit the use of this
new function.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18
Reported-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Packetization Layer Path MTU Discovery works separately beside
Path MTU Discovery at IP level, different net namespace has
various requirements on which one to chose, e.g., a virutalized
container instance would require TCP PMTU to probe an usable
effective mtu for underlying tunnel, while the host would
employ classical ICMP based PMTU to function.
Hence making TCP PMTU mechanism per net namespace to decouple
two functionality. Furthermore the probe base MSS should also
be configured separately for each namespace.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make __ipv6_select_ident() static as it isn't used outside
the file.
Fixes: 0508c07f5e (ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queuing work to send the NETDEV_BONDING_INFO netdev event, it's
possible that when the work is executed, the pointer to the slave
becomes invalid. This can happen if between queuing the event and the
execution of the work, the net-device was un-ensvaled and re-enslaved.
Fix that by queuing a work with the data of the slave instead of the
slave structure.
Fixes: 69e6113343 ('net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves')
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPVS stats are limited to 2^(32-10) conns/s and packets/s,
2^(32-5) bytes/s. It is time to use 64 bits:
* Change all conn/packet kernel counters to 64-bit and update
them in u64_stats_update_{begin,end} section
* In kernel use struct ip_vs_kstats instead of the user-space
struct ip_vs_stats_user and use new func ip_vs_export_stats_user
to export it to sockopt users to preserve compatibility with
32-bit values
* Rename cpu counters "ustats" to "cnt"
* To netlink users provide additionally 64-bit stats:
IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64 and IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64. Old stats
remain for old binaries.
* We can use ip_vs_copy_stats in ip_vs_stats_percpu_show
Thanks to Chris Caputo for providing initial patch for ip_vs_est.c
Signed-off-by: Chris Caputo <ccaputo@alt.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.
Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)
This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.
I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.
For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.
Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.
If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).
This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.
This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the SYN_RECV state, where the TCP connection is represented by
tcp_request_sock, we now rate-limit SYNACKs in response to a client's
retransmitted SYNs: we do not send a SYNACK in response to client SYN
if it has been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms)
since we last sent a SYNACK in response to a client's retransmitted
SYN.
This allows the vast majority of legitimate client connections to
proceed unimpeded, even for the most aggressive platforms, iOS and
MacOS, which actually retransmit SYNs 1-second intervals for several
times in a row. They use SYN RTO timeouts following the progression:
1,1,1,1,1,2,4,8,16,32.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helpers for mitigating ACK loops by rate-limiting dupacks sent in
response to incoming out-of-window packets.
This patch includes:
- rate-limiting logic
- sysctl to control how often we allow dupacks to out-of-window packets
- SNMP counter for cases where we rate-limited our dupack sending
The rate-limiting logic in this patch decides to not send dupacks in
response to out-of-window segments if (a) they are SYNs or pure ACKs
and (b) the remote endpoint is sending them faster than the configured
rate limit.
We rate-limit our responses rather than blocking them entirely or
resetting the connection, because legitimate connections can rely on
dupacks in response to some out-of-window segments. For example, zero
window probes are typically sent with a sequence number that is below
the current window, and ZWPs thus expect to thus elicit a dupack in
response.
We allow dupacks in response to TCP segments with data, because these
may be spurious retransmissions for which the remote endpoint wants to
receive DSACKs. This is safe because segments with data can't
realistically be part of ACK loops, which by their nature consist of
each side sending pure/data-less ACKs to each other.
The dupack interval is controlled by a new sysctl knob,
tcp_invalid_ratelimit, given in milliseconds, in case an administrator
needs to dial this upward in the face of a high-rate DoS attack. The
name and units are chosen to be analogous to the existing analogous
knob for ICMP, icmp_ratelimit.
The default value for tcp_invalid_ratelimit is 500ms, which allows at
most one such dupack per 500ms. This is chosen to be 2x faster than
the 1-second minimum RTO interval allowed by RFC 6298 (section 2, rule
2.4). We allow the extra 2x factor because network delay variations
can cause packets sent at 1 second intervals to be compressed and
arrive much closer.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=8caD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 second pull request
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4429 ("Optimistic DAD") states that optimistic addresses
should be treated as deprecated addresses. From section 2.1:
Unless noted otherwise, components of the IPv6 protocol stack
should treat addresses in the Optimistic state equivalently to
those in the Deprecated state, indicating that the address is
available for use but should not be used if another suitable
address is available.
Optimistic addresses are indeed avoided when other addresses are
available (i.e. at source address selection time), but they have
not heretofore been available for things like explicit bind() and
sendmsg() with struct in6_pktinfo, etc.
This change makes optimistic addresses treated more like
deprecated addresses than tentative ones.
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: expected restricted __be32 [usertype] hash
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: got unsigned int
include/net/ipv6.h:719:25: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: warning: invalid assignment: ^=
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: left side has type restricted __be32
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: right side has type unsigned int
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct flow_keys)->n_proto is in network order, use
proper type for this.
Fixes following sparse errors :
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in skb_flow_dissect()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.
All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:
sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt
It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :
cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.
Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.
Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.
Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)
This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.
This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)
In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.
This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use notifier chain to dispatch an event upon a change in slave state.
Event is dispatched with slave specific info.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move slave state changes to a helper function, this is a pre-step for adding
functionality of dispatching an event when this helper is called.
This commit doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03
Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:
- xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
- Several new ids for the btusb driver
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
- Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
- Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
- Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
- Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
- Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
- Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
conn_info is currently allocated only after nfcee_discovery_ntf
which is not generic enough for logical connection other than
NFCEE. The corresponding conn_info is now created in
nci_core_conn_create_rsp().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
For consistency sake change nci_core_conn_create_rsp structure
credits field to credits_cnt.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current implementation limits nci_core_conn_create_req()
to only manage NCI_DESTINATION_NFCEE.
Add new parameters to nci_core_conn_create() to support all
destination types described in the NCI specification.
Because there are some parameters with variable size dynamic
buffer allocation is needed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NCI_STATIC_RF_CONN_ID logical connection is the most used
connection. Keeping it directly accessible in the nci_dev
structure will simplify and optimize the access.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If the IPv6 fragment id has not been set and we perform
fragmentation due to UFO, select a new fragment id.
We now consider a fragment id of 0 as unset and if id selection
process returns 0 (after all the pertrubations), we set it to
0x80000000, thus giving us ample space not to create collisions
with the next packet we may have to fragment.
When doing UFO integrity checking, we also select the
fragment id if it has not be set yet. This is stored into
the skb_shinfo() thus allowing UFO to function correclty.
This patch also removes duplicate fragment id generation code
and moves ipv6_select_ident() into the header as it may be
used during GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That takes care of the majority of ->sendmsg() instances - most of them
via memcpy_to_msg() or assorted getfrag() callbacks. One place where we
still keep memcpy_fromiovecend() is tipc - there we potentially read the
same data over and over; separate patch, that...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
patch is actually smaller than it seems to be - most of it is unindenting
the inner loop body in tcp_sendmsg() itself...
the bit in tcp_input.c is going to get reverted very soon - that's what
memcpy_from_msg() will become, but not in this commit; let's keep it
reasonably contained...
There's one potentially subtle change here: in case of short copy from
userland, mainline tcp_send_syn_data() discards the skb it has allocated
and falls back to normal path, where we'll send as much as possible after
rereading the same data again. This patch trims SYN+data skb instead -
that way we don't need to copy from the same place twice.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Validate hooks for nf_tables NAT expressions, otherwise users can
crash the kernel when using them from the wrong hook. We already
got one user trapped on this when configuring masquerading.
2) Fix a BUG splat in nf_tables with CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y. Reported
by Andreas Schultz.
3) Avoid unnecessary reroute of traffic in the local input path
in IPVS that triggers a crash in in xfrm. Reported by Florian
Wiessner and fixes by Julian Anastasov.
4) Fix memory and module refcount leak from the error path of
nf_tables_newchain().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit is very similar to
commit 1c32c5ad6f
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Mar 1 02:36:47 2011 +0000
inet: Add ip_make_skb and ip_finish_skb
It adds IPv6 version of the helpers ip6_make_skb and ip6_finish_skb.
The job of ip6_make_skb is to collect messages into an ipv6 packet
and poplulate ipv6 eader. The job of ip6_finish_skb is to transmit
the generated skb. Together they replicated the job of
ip6_push_pending_frames() while also provide the capability to be
called independently. This will be needed to add lockless UDP sendmsg
support.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx timestamps are looped onto the error queue on top of an skb. This
mechanism leaks packet headers to processes unless the no-payload
options SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY is set.
Add a sysctl that optionally drops looped timestamp with data. This
only affects processes without CAP_NET_RAW.
The policy is checked when timestamps are generated in the stack.
It is possible for timestamps with data to be reported after the
sysctl is set, if these were queued internally earlier.
No vulnerability is immediately known that exploits knowledge
gleaned from packet headers, but it may still be preferable to allow
administrators to lock down this path at the cost of possible
breakage of legacy applications.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
(v1 -> v2)
- test socket CAP_NET_RAW instead of capable(CAP_NET_RAW)
(rfc -> v1)
- document the sysctl in Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
- fix access control race: read .._OPT_TSONLY only once,
use same value for permission check and skb generation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFCC sends an NCI_OP_RF_NFCEE_ACTION_NTF notification
to the host (DH) to let it know that for example an RF
transaction with a payment reader is done.
For now the notification handler is empty.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION is sent through netlink in order for a
specific application running on a secure element to notify
userspace of an event. Typically the secure element application
counterpart on the host could interpret that event and act
upon it.
Forwarded information contains:
- SE host generating the event
- Application IDentifier doing the operation
- Applications parameters
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to the NCI specification, one can use HCI over NCI
to talk with specific NFCEE. The HCI network is viewed as one
logical NFCEE.
This is needed to support secure element running HCI only
firmwares embedded on an NCI capable chipset, like e.g. the
st21nfcb.
There is some duplication between this piece of code and the
HCI core code, but the latter would need to be abstracted even
more to be able to use NCI as a logical transport for HCP packets.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we need to open a logical
connection to it, by sending the NCI_OP_CORE_CONN_CREATE_CMD
command to the NFCC. It's left up to the drivers to decide when
to close an already opened logical connection.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs can be enabled or disabled by sending the
NCI_OP_NFCEE_MODE_SET_CMD command to the NFCC. This patch
provides an API for drivers to enable and disable e.g. their
NCI discoveredd secure elements.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs (NFC Execution Environment) have to be explicitly
discovered by sending the NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD
command. The NFCC will respond to this command by telling
us how many NFCEEs are connected to it. Then the NFCC sends
a notification command for each and every NFCEE connected.
Here we implement support for sending
NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD command, receiving the response
and the potential notifications.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current NCI core only support the RF static connection.
For other NFC features such as Secure Element communication, we
may need to create logical connections to the NFCEE (Execution
Environment.
In order to track each logical connection ID dynamically, we add a
linked list of connection info pointers to the nci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This extended return parameters struct conflicts with the new Read Local
OOB Extended Data command definition. To avoid the conflict simply
rename the old "extended" version to the normal one and update the code
appropriately to take into account the two possible response PDU sizes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When using LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE, some controllers would send
advertising report from each LE device only once. That means that we
don't get any updates on RSSI value, and makes Service Discovery very
slow. This patch adds restarting scan when in Service Discovery, and
device with filtered uuid is found, but it's not in RSSI range to send
event yet. This way if device moves into range, we will quickly get RSSI
update.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there is no way to restart le scan, and it's needed in
service scan method. The way it work: it disable, and then enable le
scan on controller.
During the restart, we must remember when the scan was started, and
it's duration, to later re-schedule the le_scan_disable work, that was
stopped during the stop scan phase.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds two new api's netdev_switch_port_bridge_setlink
and netdev_switch_port_bridge_dellink to offload bridge port attributes
to switch port
(The names of the apis look odd with 'switch_port_bridge',
but am more inclined to change the prefix of the api to something else.
Will take any suggestions).
The api's look at the NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag to
pass bridge port attributes to the port device.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit be9f4a44e7 ("ipv4: tcp: remove per net tcp_sock")
I tried to address contention on a socket lock, but the solution
I chose was horrible :
commit 3a7c384ffd ("ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not land outside
of TCP stack") addressed a selinux regression.
commit 0980e56e50 ("ipv4: tcp: set unicast_sock uc_ttl to -1")
took care of another regression.
commit b5ec8eeac4 ("ipv4: fix ip_send_skb()") fixed another regression.
commit 811230cd85 ("tcp: ipv4: initialize unicast_sock sk_pacing_rate")
was another shot in the dark.
Really, just use a proper socket per cpu, and remove the skb_orphan()
call, to re-enable flow control.
This solves a serious problem with FQ packet scheduler when used in
hostile environments, as we do not want to allocate a flow structure
for every RST packet sent in response to a spoofed packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of nr_cpu_ids and use modern percpu allocation.
Note that the sockets themselves are not yet allocated
using NUMA affinity.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing complex calculation every time the OOB data is used,
just calculate the OOB data present value and store it with the OOB
data raw values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sock_iocb structure is allocate on stack for each read/write-like
operation on sockets, and contains various fields of which only the
embedded msghdr and sometimes a pointer to the scm_cookie is ever used.
Get rid of the sock_iocb and put a msghdr directly on the stack and pass
the scm_cookie explicitly to netlink_mmap_sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it isn't possible to request checksums on the outer UDP
header of tunnels - the TUNNEL_CSUM flag is ignored. This adds
support for requesting that UDP checksums be computed on transmit
and properly reported if they are present on receive.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=SNWp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 first pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LRO, GRO, delayed ACKs, and middleboxes can cause "stretch ACKs" that
cover more than the RFC-specified maximum of 2 packets. These stretch
ACKs can cause serious performance shortfalls in common congestion
control algorithms that were designed and tuned years ago with
receiver hosts that were not using LRO or GRO, and were instead
politely ACKing every other packet.
This patch series fixes Reno and CUBIC to handle stretch ACKs.
This patch prepares for the upcoming stretch ACK bug fix patches. It
adds an "acked" parameter to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to allow for future
fixes to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to correctly handle stretch ACKs, and
changes all congestion control algorithms to pass in 1 for the ACKed
count. It also changes tcp_slow_start() to return the number of packet
ACK "credits" that were not processed in slow start mode, and can be
processed by the congestion control module in additive increase mode.
In future patches we will fix tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to handle stretch
ACKs, and fix Reno and CUBIC handling of stretch ACKs in slow start
and additive increase mode.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a HCI Hardware Error event, the controller should be
assumed to be non-functional until issuing a HCI Reset command.
The Bluetooth hardware errors are vendor specific and so add a
new hdev->hw_error callback that drivers can provide to run extra
code to handle the hardware error.
After completing the vendor specific error handling perform a full
reset of the Bluetooth stack by closing and re-opening the transport.
Based-on-patch-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
fix sparse warning about non-static function
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c:3737:5: warning: symbol
'bond_3ad_xor_xmit' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a command is received, it is sometime needed to let the CLF driver do
some additional operations. (ex: count remaining pipe notification...)
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As there can be several pipes connected to the same gate, we need
to know which pipe ID to use when sending an HCI response. A gate
ID is not enough.
Instead of changing the nfc_hci_send_response() API to something
not aligned with the rest of the HCI API, we call nfc_hci_hcp_message_tx
directly.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to keep host source information on specific hci event (such as
evt_connectivity or evt_transaction) and because 2 pipes can be connected
to the same gate, it is necessary to add a table referencing every pipe
with a {gate, host} tuple.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Several pipes may point to the same CLF gate, so getting the gate ID
as an input is not enough.
For example dual secure element may have 2 pipes (1 for uicc and
1 for eSE) pointing to the connectivity gate.
As resolving gate and host IDs can be done from a pipe, we now pass
the pipe ID to the event received handler.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the
driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the
driver does not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
